Document:

Senior Notes Indenture, dated May 20, 2011, among CoreLogic, Inc

 Exhibit 4.1 

 
  

 
 SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE

 Dated as of May 20, 2011 
 Among 
 CORELOGIC, INC. 

THE GUARANTORS NAMED ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HERETO 
 and 
 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, 

as Trustee 
 7.25%
SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021 
  
  

 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 

 

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section
	 310(a)(1)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	       (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	       (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	       (b)
	  	7.10
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311(a)
	  	7.11
	       (b)
	  	7.11
	       (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312(a)
	  	2.05
	       (b)
	  	14.03
	       (c)
	  	14.03
	 313(a)
	  	7.06
	       (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)(2)
	  	7.06;7.07
	       (c)
	  	7.06;14.02
	       (d)
	  	7.06
	 314(a)
	  	4.03;14.02; 14.05
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)(1)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(2)
	  	14.04
	       (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	       (d)
	  	N.A.
	       (e)
	  	14.05
	       (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315(a)
	  	7.01
	       (b)
	  	7.05;14.02
	       (c)
	  	7.01
	       (d)
	  	7.01
	       (e)
	  	6.14
	 316(a)(last sentence)
	  	2.09
	       (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	       (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	       (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	       (b)
	  	6.07
	       (c)
	  	2.12;9.04
	 317(a)(1)
	  	6.08
	       (a)(2)
	  	6.12
	       (b)
	  	2.04
	 318(a)
	  	14.01
	       (b)
	  	N.A.
	       (c)
	  	14.01

 N.A. means not applicable.

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
		
	ARTICLE 1	  			
		
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  			
	 Section 1.01
	 	Definitions	  	 	1	  
	 Section 1.02
	 	Other Definitions	  	 	28	  
	 Section 1.03
	 	Rules of Construction	  	 	29	  
	 Section 1.04
	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	 	30	  
	 Section 1.05
	 	Acts of Holders	  	 	30	  
		
	ARTICLE 2	  			
		
	THE NOTES	  			
			
	 Section 2.01
	 	Form and Dating; Terms	  	 	32	  
	 Section 2.02
	 	Execution and Authentication	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.03
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.04
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	 	33	  
	 Section 2.05
	 	Holder Lists	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.06
	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.07
	 	Replacement Notes	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.08
	 	Outstanding Notes	  	 	35	  
	 Section 2.09
	 	Treasury Notes	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.10
	 	Temporary Notes	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.11
	 	Cancellation	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.12
	 	Defaulted Interest	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.13
	 	CUSIP and ISIN Numbers	  	 	37	  
		
	ARTICLE 3	  			
		
	REDEMPTION	  			
			
	 Section 3.01
	 	Notices to Trustee	  	 	37	  
	 Section 3.02
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	  	 	37	  
	 Section 3.03
	 	Notice of Redemption	  	 	38	  
	 Section 3.04
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	 	38	  
	 Section 3.05
	 	Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.06
	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.07
	 	Optional Redemption	  	 	39	  
	 Section 3.08
	 	Mandatory Redemption	  	 	40	  
	 Section 3.09
	 	Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	  	 	41	  
		
	ARTICLE 4	  			
		
	COVENANTS	  			
			
	 Section 4.01
	 	Payment of Notes	  	 	43	  

  
 -i-

							
	 Section 4.02
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	 	43	  
	 Section 4.03
	 	Reports and Other Information	  	 	44	  
	 Section 4.04
	 	Compliance Certificate	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.05
	 	Taxes	  	 	45	  
	 Section 4.06
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	 	46	  
	 Section 4.07
	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	 	46	  
	 Section 4.08
	 	Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries	  	 	51	  
	 Section 4.09
	 	Limitation on Indebtedness	  	 	52	  
	 Section 4.10
	 	Asset Dispositions	  	 	57	  
	 Section 4.11
	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	 	60	  
	 Section 4.12
	 	Limitation on Liens	  	 	61	  
	 Section 4.13
	 	Corporate Existence	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.14
	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	  	 	62	  
	 Section 4.15
	 	Additional Subsidiary Note Guarantees	  	 	64	  
	 Section 4.16
	 	Effectiveness of Covenants	  	 	64	  
		
	ARTICLE 5	  			
		
	SUCCESSORS	  			
			
	 Section 5.01
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets	  	 	65	  
	 Section 5.02
	 	Successor Entity Substituted	  	 	68	  
		
	ARTICLE 6	  			
		
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  			
			
	 Section 6.01
	 	Events of Default	  	 	68	  
	 Section 6.02
	 	Acceleration	  	 	70	  
	 Section 6.03
	 	Other Remedies	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.04
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.05
	 	Control by Majority	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.06
	 	Limitation on Suits	  	 	71	  
	 Section 6.07
	 	Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.08
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.09
	 	Restoration of Rights and Remedies	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.10
	 	Rights and Remedies Cumulative	  	 	72	  
	 Section 6.11
	 	Delay or Omission Not Waiver	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.12
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.13
	 	Priorities	  	 	73	  
	 Section 6.14
	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	 	74	  
		
	ARTICLE 7	  			
		
	TRUSTEE	  			
			
	 Section 7.01
	 	Duties of Trustee	  	 	74	  
	 Section 7.02
	 	Rights of Trustee	  	 	75	  
	 Section 7.03
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.04
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	 	76	  
	 Section 7.05
	 	Notice of Defaults	  	 	76	  

  
 -ii-

							
	 Section 7.06
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.07
	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	 	77	  
	 Section 7.08
	 	Replacement of Trustee	  	 	78	  
	 Section 7.09
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.10
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	 	79	  
	 Section 7.11
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company	  	 	79	  
		
	ARTICLE 8	  			
		
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	  			
			
	 Section 8.01
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	79	  
	 Section 8.02
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	  	 	79	  
	 Section 8.03
	 	Covenant Defeasance	  	 	80	  
	 Section 8.04
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	  	 	81	  
	 Section 8.05
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	 	82	  
	 Section 8.06
	 	Repayment to the Company	  	 	82	  
	 Section 8.07
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	83	  
		
	ARTICLE 9	  			
		
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  			
			
	 Section 9.01
	 	Without Consent of Holders	  	 	83	  
	 Section 9.02
	 	With Consent of Holders	  	 	84	  
	 Section 9.03
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	 	86	  
	 Section 9.04
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	 	86	  
	 Section 9.05
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	 	86	  
	 Section 9.06
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	86	  
		
	ARTICLE 10	  			
		
	[RESERVED]	  			
		
	ARTICLE 11	  			
		
	GUARANTEES	  			
			
	 Section 11.01
	 	Guarantee	  	 	86	  
	 Section 11.02
	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	  	 	88	  
	 Section 11.03
	 	Execution and Delivery	  	 	88	  
	 Section 11.04
	 	Subrogation	  	 	89	  
	 Section 11.05
	 	Benefits Acknowledged	  	 	89	  
	 Section 11.06
	 	Release of Note Guarantees	  	 	89	  

  
 -iii-

							
		
	ARTICLE 12	  			
		
	[RESERVED]	  			
		
	 ARTICLE 13
	  			
		
	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	  			
			
	 Section 13.01
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	  	 	90	  
	 Section 13.02
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	 	91	  
		
	ARTICLE 14	  			
		
	MISCELLANEOUS	  			
			
	 Section 14.01
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	 	91	  
	 Section 14.02
	 	Notices	  	 	91	  
	 Section 14.03
	 	Communication by Holders with Other Holders	  	 	93	  
	 Section 14.04
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	 	93	  
	 Section 14.05
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	 	93	  
	 Section 14.06
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	 	93	  
	 Section 14.07
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and Stockholders	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.08
	 	Governing Law	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.09
	 	Waiver of Jury Trial	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.10
	 	Force Majeure	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.11
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.12
	 	Successors	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.13
	 	Severability	  	 	94	  
	 Section 14.14
	 	Counterpart Originals	  	 	95	  
	 Section 14.15
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	95	  
	 Section 14.16
	 	Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages	  	 	95	  
	 Section 14.17
	 	U.S.A. PATRIOT Act	  	 	95	  
	 Section 14.18
	 	Payments Due on Non-Business Days	  	 	95	  
			
	 Appendix A
	 	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes	  			
			
	 Exhibit A
	 	Form of Note	  			
	 Exhibit B
	 	Form of Institutional Accredited Investor Transferee Letter of Representation	  			
	 Exhibit C
	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture to Be Delivered by Subsequent Guarantors	  			

  
 -iv-

 INDENTURE, dated as of May 20, 2011, among CoreLogic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and Wilmington Trust FSB, as Trustee. 
 W I
T N E S S E T H 
 WHEREAS, the Company has duly authorized the creation
of and issue of $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Initial Notes”); and 
 WHEREAS, each of the Guarantors have duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined herein). 

ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 Section 1.01 Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any specified Person, 
 (1) Indebtedness of any Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time
such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (2) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such
Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or such acquisition, and Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been Incurred, with respect to clause (1) of
the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and, with respect to clause (2) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets. 

“Additional Assets” means: 
 (1) any property, plant, equipment or other asset (excluding working capital or current assets for the avoidance of doubt) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Similar Business;

 (2) the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock
by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (3) Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that at such
time is a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3), such Restricted Subsidiary is
primarily engaged in a Similar Business. 
 “Additional Interest” means the interest payable as a consequence
of the failure to effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer or shelf registration procedures set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes and Exchange Notes for such Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with
Section 2.01 and Section 4.09. 

 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or
indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”) when used with respect to any Person means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Agent” means any Registrar or Paying Agent. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note on any date of redemption thereof, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note, and 
 (2) the excess, if any, of
(a) the present value as of such date of redemption of (i) the redemption price of such Note on June 1, 2016, (such redemption price being set forth in Section 3.07) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note
through June 1, 2016 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the date of redemption), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of the date on which the Company sends notice of such redemption to the Holders plus 50 basis
points, over (b) the then-outstanding principal of such Note. 
 “Asset Disposition” means any direct or
indirect sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer, issuance or other disposition, or a series of related sales, leases, transfers, issuances or dispositions that are part of a common plan,
of shares of Capital Stock of a Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. 
 Notwithstanding the
preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Dispositions: 
 (1) a disposition of assets by a Restricted
Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) the sale, transfer or
other disposition of Cash Equivalents in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) a disposition of inventory in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (4) a disposition of obsolete or worn out equipment or other assets or equipment that are no longer
useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined by the Company in good faith; 
 (5) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control pursuant to this
Indenture; 
 (6) an issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

  
 -2-

 (7) a Restricted Payment or a Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is
made, pursuant to Section 4.07; 
 (8) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted
Liens; 
 (9) dispositions of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary
course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; 
 (10) the
issuance by a Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Stock that is permitted by Section 4.09; 
 (11) the licensing or
sublicensing of intellectual property or other general intangibles and licenses, leases or subleases of other property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the business of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 (12) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations; 

(13) the creation of any Liens; 
 (14) any exchange of assets for assets of a Similar Business of comparable market value; 
 (15) foreclosure on assets; 
 (16) any sale of Capital Stock in, or Indebtedness
or other securities of, an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and 
 (17) dispositions of assets in a single transaction or a series of
related transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value of less than $10,000,000. 
 For the avoidance of doubt, any single
transaction or series of transactions may qualify for more than one of the foregoing exceptions and need not qualify for a single exception in order to be deemed not an Asset Disposition. 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient
obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such
Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by (2) the sum of all such payments. 
 “Bankruptcy
Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, as amended, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. 

“beneficial ownership” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act, and “beneficial owner” has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Board of Directors” means:

 (1) with respect to a corporation, the Board of Directors of the corporation or (other than for purposes of determining
Change of Control) the executive committee of the Board of Directors; 

  
 -3-

 (2) with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the
partnership; and 
 (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 “Business Day” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in
New York, New York are authorized or required by law to close. 
 “Capital Stock” of any Person means any and
all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock and limited liability or partnership interests (whether
general or limited), but excluding any debt securities convertible or exchangeable into such equity (including any Convertible Notes). 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.
The amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation will be the capitalized amount of such obligation at the time any determination thereof is to be made as determined in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof will be the date
of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date such lease may be terminated without penalty. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling,
euros, the national currency of any participating member of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 

(2) securities issued or directly and fully Guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality of the
United States (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof), having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition; 

(3) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or
any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, having a credit rating of at least “A-1” or “P-1” (or long-term ratings of at least “A2” or
“A”) from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of the two named Rating Agencies cease
publishing ratings of investments, or with respect to municipal bonds, a rating of at least MIG 1 or VMIG 1 from Moody’s (or the equivalent thereof); 
 (4) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurocurrency time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances having maturities of not more than six months from the date of acquisition
thereof and issued or accepted by any lender under the Senior Credit Facility or by any commercial bank having combined capital and surplus not less than $500,000,000; 
 (5) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2), (3) and (4) entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications
specified in clause (4) above or with any securities dealer of recognized national standing; 

  
 -4-

 (6) commercial paper rated at the time of acquisition thereof at least “A-2” or
the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or “P-2” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized Rating Agency, if both of
the two named Rating Agencies cease publishing ratings of investments, and in any case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition thereof; 
 (7) interests in any investment company or money market fund which invests 95% or more of its assets in instruments of the type specified in clauses (1) through (6) above; and 

(8) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, high quality, short-term liquid investments comparable to the types of investments described
in clauses (1) through (7) above made by such Foreign Subsidiary in the ordinary course of managing its surplus cash position in a manner consistent with past practice or for bona fide business purposes and not for speculation. 

“Cash Management Practices” means the cash, Cash Equivalent and short-term investment management practices of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as approved by the board of directors or chief financial officer or treasurer of the Company from time to time, including any Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries having a maturity of 92
days or less representing borrowings from any financial institution with which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have a depository or other investment relationship in connection with such practices (or any Affiliate of such financial
institution), which borrowings may be secured by the cash, Cash Equivalents and other short-term investments purchased by the relevant Person with the proceeds of such borrowings. 

“Change of Control” means: 
 (1) any “person” or “group” of related persons (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after
the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company (or their successors by merger, consolidation or purchase of all or substantially all of their assets); or 

(2) the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a
series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act); or

 (3) the adoption by the stockholders of the Company of a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Commodity Agreement” means any commodity futures contract, commodity swap, commodity option or other similar agreement
or arrangement entered into by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary designed to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries against fluctuations in the price of commodities actually used in the ordinary course of business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Common Stock” means with respect to any Person, any and all
shares, interest or other participations in, and other equivalents (however designated and whether voting or nonvoting) of such 

  
 -5-

 
Person’s common stock, whether or not outstanding on the Issue Date, and includes, without limitation, all series and classes of such common stock. 

“Company” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor obligor to its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to Article 5. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio” means as
of any date of determination, with respect to any Person, the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such
determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided, however, that: 

(1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary: 
 (a) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
Coverage Ratio includes an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred
on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date of such calculation will be deemed to be: 

(i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was
outstanding or 
 (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of
such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation) 
 and the discharge of any
other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; or 

(b) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that
is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than Indebtedness Incurred under any
revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving effect on a
pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

(2) if since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of
or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio includes such a
transaction: 
 (a) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if
positive) directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; and

  
 -6-

 (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the
Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently
reduced) with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); 

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment
in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a
transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period; and 

(4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness, made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment
pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto
as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect
is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and shall not be limited by adjustments permitted by Regulation S X
under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the
applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma
effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company. 
 “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period: 

(1) increased (without duplication) by the following items to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 (a) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus 
 (b) Consolidated Income Taxes; plus 
 (c) consolidated depreciation expense; plus

  
 -7-

 (d) consolidated amortization expense or impairment charges recorded in connection with the
application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other, or Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment; plus 
 (e) other non cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including any write-offs or write-downs (excluding any such non cash charge to the extent it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash
charges in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was capitalized at the time of payment) and non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or
other rights to officers, directors or employees; and 
 (2) decreased (without duplication) by non cash items increasing
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period (excluding any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced Consolidated EBITDA in any prior period). 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, clauses (1)(b) through (e) relating to amounts of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Person will be
added to Consolidated Net Income to compute Consolidated EBITDA of such Person only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income (loss) of such Restricted Subsidiary was included in calculating the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person and, to the extent the amounts set forth in clauses (1)(b) through (e) are in excess of those necessary to offset a net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary or if such Restricted Subsidiary has net income for such period included in
Consolidated Net Income, only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its
charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders. 
 “Consolidated Income Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, taxes imposed upon such Person or other payments required to be made by such Person by any governmental
authority which taxes or other payments are calculated by reference to the income or profits or capital of such Person or such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent such income or profits were included in computing Consolidated Net
Income for such period), including, without limitation, state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes regardless of whether such taxes or payments are required to be remitted to any governmental authority. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 (3) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or
accrued, including, without limitation, amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with
Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net of the effect of all payments made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in
respect of interest rates; plus 
 (4) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period; plus 
 (5) any interest on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or
one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus 

  
 -8-

 (6) the product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in
cash, on any series of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable solely in Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as
a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that there will not be included in
such Consolidated Net Income on an after-tax basis: 
 (1) any (a) extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains and losses
or income or expenses, including, without limitation, any expenses related to a facilities closing and any reconstruction, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed assets for alternate uses; (b) severance or relocation expenses, executive
recruiting costs, restructuring costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans; (c) expenses (including, without limitation, financial advisory fees, accounting fees, legal fees and other similar
advisory and consulting fees and related out-of-pocket expenses), costs or charges incurred in connection with any issuance of securities, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness
permitted under this Indenture, including any refinancing thereof (in each case whether or not successful); and (d) gains and losses realized in connection with any sale of assets outside the ordinary course of business, the disposition of
securities, the early extinguishment of Indebtedness or Hedging Obligations; 
 (2) the net income (loss) of any Person that is
not a Restricted Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting except, in the case of income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Person and, in the case of loss, to the extent such loss has been funded with cash from the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (3) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C)(i) of Section 4.07(a), the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent
that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that net income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (that has not been obtained) or, directly or
indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 

(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 
 (5) any unrealized net gains or losses resulting from Hedging Obligations and the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging; 

(6) any net gains or losses resulting from currency translation gains or losses pursuant to Accounting Standards Codification Topic 830,
Foreign Currency Matters, related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness; 
 (7) any non-cash compensation expense recorded
from grants of restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights to officers, directors, employees or consultants; 

  
 -9-

 (8) the effect of any non-cash items resulting from any amortization, write-up, write-down
or write-off of assets (including intangible assets, goodwill and deferred financing costs) in connection with any acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or similar transaction or any other non-cash impairment charges incurred subsequent to
the date of this Indenture resulting from the application of Accounting Standards Codification Topics 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, 360-10-35-15, Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets and 805, Business Combinations (excluding any
such non-cash item to the extent that it represents and accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any future period except to the extent such item is subsequently reversed); 

(9) any provision for income tax reflected on such Person’s financial statements for such period will to the extent such provision
exceeds the actual amount of taxes paid in cash during such period by such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries; and 
 (10)
any amortization of deferred charges resulting from the application of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. APB 14-1— Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion (including partial cash
settlement). 
 “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” as of any date of determination, means the total amount of
assets (less applicable reserves and other properly deductible items) after deducting (1) all current liabilities (excluding the amount of those which are by their terms extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor to a date more than
twelve months after the date as of which the amount is being determined) and (2) all customer lists, computer software, licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, goodwill, capitalized research and development
costs and other like intangibles, treasury stock and unamortized debt discount and expense, and all other like intangible assets, all as stated on the Company’s most recent publicly available consolidated balance sheet preceding the date of
determination and determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Convertible Notes” means Indebtedness of the Company
that is optionally convertible into Common Stock of the Company (and/or cash based on the value of such Common Stock) and/or Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company that is optionally exchangeable for Common Stock of the Company (and/or cash
based on the value of such Common Stock). 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of
the Trustee specified in Section 14.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Holders and the Company. 
 “Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement as to which such
Person is a party or a beneficiary. 
 “Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in
global form, or any successor entity thereto. 
 “Debt Facility” means one or more debt facilities (including,
without limitation, the Senior Credit Facility) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such
lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit or issuances of debt securities evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or similar instruments, in each case as amended, restated,
modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time (and whether or not with the original administrative agent, lenders or trustee or
another 

  
 -10-

 
administrative agent or agents, other lenders or trustee and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Facility or any other credit or other agreement or indenture). 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 

“Default Business” means all or any portion of the default technology business conducted by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries from time to time and any business that is reasonably related, ancillary or complementary thereto, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. 
 “Default Business JV” means a joint venture (which is not a Subsidiary) between the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a third party, on the other hand,
which is not consolidated under the consolidated financial statements of the Company under GAAP. 
 “Definitive
Note” means a certificated Initial Note, Additional Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 

“Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person
specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture. 

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one
of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash
Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or payment of, on or with respect to such Designated Noncash Consideration. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is
exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund
obligation or otherwise; 
 (2) is convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital
Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that upon such conversion or exchange it shall be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock)); or

 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, 

in each case on or prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the final maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no
longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date
will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, that any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to repurchase
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or Asset Disposition (each defined in a substantially identical manner to the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute

  
 -11-

 
Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) provide that the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries, as applicable, are not required to repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or exchangeable or for which it is redeemable) pursuant to such provision prior to
compliance by the Company with Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 and such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07. 
 “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company. 
 “Equity
Offering” means an offering for cash by the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company of its Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights with respect to its Common Stock (in the case of an offering by any direct or indirect
parent of the Company, to the extent such cash proceeds are contributed to the Company), other than (1) offerings with respect to the Company’s or any such direct or indirect parent’s Common Stock, or options, warrants or rights,
registered on Form S-4 or S-8 or (2) an issuance to any Subsidiary. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Exchange
Notes” means notes issued in a registered exchange offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as
determined by Senior Management of the Company in good faith. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of
the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant
segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with GAAP, except that in the event the Company is acquired in a transaction that is accounted for using
purchase accounting, the effects of the application of purchase accounting shall be disregarded in the calculation of such ratios and other computations contained in this Indenture. 

“Government Securities” means securities that are (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the
timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the timely payment of which is unconditionally
Guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation of the United States of America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in
Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian with respect to any such Government Securities or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such Government Securities held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such
depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the
Government Securities or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the Government Securities evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

  
 -12-

 “Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person
directly or indirectly Guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person: 
 (1) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise); or 
 (2) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);
provided, however, that the term “Guarantee” will not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Guarantor” means each Restricted Subsidiary in existence on the Issue Date, as well as any direct or indirect parent that may in the future provide a Note Guarantee, that provides a Note
Guarantee on the Issue Date (and any other Restricted Subsidiary that provides a Note Guarantee in accordance with this Indenture); provided that upon release or discharge of such Restricted Subsidiary from its Note Guarantee in accordance with this
Indenture, such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Guarantor. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligation” means,
with respect to a Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee pursuant
to a written agreement. 
 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to
any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodity Agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose
name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books. 
 “Incur” means issue, create, assume, Guarantee,
incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise)
will be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; and the terms “Incurred” and “Incurrence” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, any indebtedness of such Person
(excluding accrued expenses and trade payables), whether or not contingent: 
 (1) in respect of borrowed money; 

(2) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 (3) in respect of banker’s acceptances; 
 (4) representing Capital Lease Obligations; 
 (5) the principal component or
liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with 

  
 -13-

 
respect to any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends); 
 (6) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property or services due more than six months after such property is acquired or such services are completed; or 

(7) representing any Hedging Obligations, 
 if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit described in clause (2) above, Hedging Obligations and the principal component or liquidation preference described in
clause (5) above) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of
the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Indebtedness shall be calculated
without giving effect to the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under
this Indenture as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant to Persons engaged
in Similar Businesses of nationally recognized standing that is, in the good faith judgment of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto. 

“Initial Purchasers” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Robinson Humphrey, Inc., U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., Comerica Securities, Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. 
 “interest” with respect to the Notes means interest with respect thereto and “Additional Interest,” if any. 

“Interest Payment Date” means June 1 and December 1 of each year to stated maturity of the Notes. 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, interest rate
future agreement, interest rate option agreement, interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement as to which such Person is party or
a beneficiary. 
 “Investment” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other
Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances or extensions of credit to customers in the ordinary course of business) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar
arrangement, but excluding any debt or extension of credit represented by a bank deposit (other than a time deposit)) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services
for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person and all other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance

  
 -14-

 
sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that none of the following will be deemed to be an Investment: 
 (1) Hedging Obligations entered into other than for speculative purposes in compliance with this Indenture; 
 (2) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (3) an acquisition of assets, Capital Stock or other securities by the Company or a Subsidiary for consideration to the extent such consideration consists of Common Stock of the Company. 

For purposes of Section 4.07, 
 (1) “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary that is to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the Fair
Market Value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, the Company will be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) the Company’s aggregate “Investment” in such Subsidiary as of the
time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so redesignated a
Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its Fair Market
Value at the time of such transfer; and 
 (3) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any
Voting Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such entity is no longer a Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or
disposition equal to the Fair Market Value of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary not sold or disposed of. 

“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s Investors
Service, Inc. and BBB- (or the equivalent) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc., or any equivalent rating by any Rating Agency, in each case, with a stable or better outlook. 

“Issue Date” means May 20, 2011. 
 “Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of: 
 (x) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements prepared on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available, to 
 (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available;

 provided, however, that: 

  
 -15-

 (1) if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary: 

(A) has Incurred any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Indebtedness at the end of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be calculated after giving
effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving Debt Facility outstanding on the date
of such calculation will be deemed to be: 
 (i) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters
or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or 
 (ii) if such facility was created after the end of such
four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation), 
 and the discharge of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on the
first day of such period; or 
 (B) has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged any
Indebtedness since the beginning of the period that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes a discharge of Indebtedness (in each case, other than
Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving Debt Facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and the related commitment terminated and not replaced), Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period
will be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such period; 

(2) if since the beginning of such period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary will have made any Asset Disposition or disposed of
or discontinued (as defined under GAAP) any company, division, operating unit, segment, business, group of related assets or line of business or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Leverage Ratio includes such a transaction:

 (A) the Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive)
directly attributable to the assets that are the subject of such disposition or discontinuation for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) directly attributable thereto for such period; 

(B) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly
attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged (to the extent the related commitment is permanently reduced) with respect to the Company and its
continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such transaction for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the Indebtedness of
such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such sale); and 
 (C) Indebtedness at the end of such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Indebtedness repaid, repurchased, redeemed, retired, defeased or otherwise discharged with the Net Available Cash of
such Asset Disposition and the assumption of Indebtedness by the transferee; 

  
 -16-

 (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by
merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, including any
acquisition of assets occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, which constitutes all or substantially all of a company, division, operating unit, segment, business or group of related assets or line of
business, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on
the first day of such period; and 
 (4) if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have Incurred any Indebtedness or discharged any Indebtedness or made any disposition or any Investment or acquisition of assets
that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (1), (2) or (3) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA, Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness for such period will
be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such transaction occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any calculation under this definition, the pro forma calculations will be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company and shall not
be limited by adjustments permitted by Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness will be calculated as if the rate in
effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months). If
any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect bears an interest rate at the option of the Company, the interest rate shall be calculated by applying such optional rate chosen by the Company. 

“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge,
security interest, preference, priority or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in
the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in
no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “National Joint Venture” means a joint
venture (which is not a Subsidiary) between the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and a customer or client of the Company and/or any Subsidiary, on the other hand, in which the Company and its Subsidiaries collectively
own between 50% and 51% of the Capital Stock of such joint venture, and which is not consolidated under the consolidated financial statements of the Company under GAAP. 
 “Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment
receivable or otherwise and net proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities or other assets received as consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the
acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non cash form) therefrom, in each case net of: 

  
 -17-

 (1) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses,
underwriting discounts, commissions and other fees and expenses Incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP (after taking into account any available tax credits or
deductions and any tax sharing agreements), as a consequence of such Asset Disposition; 
 (2) all payments made on any
Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by
applicable law be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition; 
 (3) all distributions and other payments required
to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (4) the
deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
after such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges
actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements). 

“Non-Guarantor Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness of a Person: 

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) provides any Guarantee or credit support of any kind
(including any undertaking, Guarantee, indemnity, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) or (b) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise); 

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default under such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and 
 (3) the explicit terms of which provide there is no recourse against
any of the assets of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Note Guarantee” means, individually, any
Guarantee of payment of the Notes and the Company’s other Obligations under this Indenture by a Guarantor pursuant to the terms of this Indenture and any supplemental indenture thereto, and, collectively, all such Guarantees. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture,
the term “Notes” shall also include any Additional Notes that may be issued under a supplemental indenture and Notes to be issued or authenticated upon transfer, replacement or exchange of Notes. 

  
 -18-

 “Obligations” means any principal, interest (including any interest
accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition in bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable state, federal
or foreign law), other monetary obligations, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and banker’s acceptances), damages and other liabilities, and Guarantees of
payment of such principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 

“Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum, dated May 13, 2011, relating to the sale of the Initial Notes.

 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial
Officer, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company or, in the event that the Company is a partnership or a limited liability company that has no such officers, a person duly
authorized under applicable law by the general partner, managers, members or a similar body to act on behalf of the Company. Officer of any Guarantor has a correlative meaning. 

“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed by one Officer of the Company who is the principal executive
officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer. 
 “Opinion of
Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that ranks equally in right of payment to the Notes, in the case of the Company, or the Note Guarantees, in the case of any Guarantor (without
giving effect to collateral arrangements). 
 “Permitted Bond Hedge” means any call options or capped call
options referencing the Company’s Common Stock purchased by the Company concurrently with the issuance of Convertible Notes to hedge the Company’s or any Subsidiary issuer’s obligations under such Indebtedness. 

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in: 

(1) a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person that is engaged in a Similar Business if as a result of such Investment: 

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; or 
 (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, 
 and, in each case, any Investment held by such Person; provided, that such Investment was not
acquired by such Person in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, consolidation or transfer; 
 (3) cash and Cash
Equivalents; 

  
 -19-

 (4) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the
ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary
deems reasonable under the circumstances; 
 (5) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the
time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business; 
 (6) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices in an aggregate amount not in excess
of $10,000,000 with respect to all loans or advances made since the Issue Date (without giving effect to the forgiveness of any such loan); 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries: 

(a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with
or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable; or 
 (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 (8) Investments made as a result of the receipt of non cash consideration from an Asset Disposition that was made pursuant to
and in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of assets not constituting an Asset Disposition; 
 (9)
Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodity Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which transactions or obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 4.09; 

(10) Guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.09; 
 (11) Investments made in connection with the funding of contributions under any non-qualified retirement plan or similar employee compensation plan in an amount not to exceed the amount of compensation
expense recognized by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such plans; 
 (12) Investments by means of
any payment of cash by the Company or any Subsidiary issuer upon conversion or exchange of any Convertible Notes, and Investments in any Permitted Bond Hedge; 
 (13) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the Issue Date and any Investment consisting of an extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on,
or made pursuant to a binding commitment existing on, the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (a) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (b) as
otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 
 (14) Investments acquired after the Issue Date as a result of the acquisition by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of another Person, including by way of merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a

  
 -20-

 
transaction that is not prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or
consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation; 
 (15) advances,
loans, rebates and extensions of credit to suppliers, customers and vendors in the ordinary course of business; 
 (16) any
Investment in National Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount (including the Fair Market Value of any assets transferred thereto) not exceeding $100,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Company and $400,000,000 in the aggregate; provided that at
the time of, and after giving effect thereto, any Investment being made pursuant to this clause (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 

(17) Investments resulting from any contribution of the Default Business to a Default Business JV; provided that the Leverage
Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to any such contribution, as of the date of such contribution, is less than 3.00 to 1.00; provided, further, that, for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio on a pro forma basis in order to test
compliance with the foregoing proviso, in addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth in the definition of Leverage Ratio, the Consolidated EBITDA that the Company would have expected to receive from such Default Business JV for the applicable
four consecutive fiscal quarters shall be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for purposes of clause (y) of the definition of Leverage Ratio, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the
Company (it being understood that no such Consolidated EBITDA shall be so included to the extent such Default Business JV would be contractually prohibited from making distributions to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided,
still further, that at the time of, and after giving effect thereto, any Investment being made pursuant to this clause (17), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and 

(18) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, together with all other Investments pursuant to this clause (18),
in an aggregate amount at the time of such Investment not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 11.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets outstanding at any one time (with the Fair Market Value of such Investment being measured
at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 “Permitted Liens” means, with
respect to any Person: 
 (1) Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations permitted to be Incurred under the provisions
described in clause (b)(1) of Section 4.09, related Hedging Obligations and related banking services or cash management obligations and Liens on assets of Restricted Subsidiaries securing Guarantees of such Indebtedness and such other
obligations of the Company; 
 (2) pledges or deposits by such Person under workers’ compensation laws, unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations
of such Person or deposits of cash or United States government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case
Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (3) Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s,
mechanics’, materialmen’s and repairmen’s Liens, Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 -21-

 (4) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties
for non-payment or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves required pursuant to GAAP have been made in respect thereof; 
 (5) Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances or similar obligations issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person
in the ordinary course of its business; provided, however, that such letters of credit do not constitute Indebtedness; 
 (6) encumbrances, ground leases, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or
zoning, building codes or other restrictions (including, without limitation, minor defects or irregularities in title and similar encumbrances) as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to
the ownership of its properties that do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 

(7) Liens securing Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business (and not for speculative purposes);

 (8) leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses of assets (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual
property rights) that do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (9) judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment
have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired; 
 (10) Liens for
the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financings, purchase money obligations or other payments Incurred to finance assets or property (other than Capital Stock or
other Investments) acquired, constructed, improved or leased in the ordinary course of business; provided that: 
 (a)
the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens is otherwise permitted to be Incurred under this Indenture and does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired, constructed or improved; and 

(b) such Liens are created within 180 days of construction, acquisition or improvement of such assets or property and do not encumber any
other assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto; 
 (11) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds
maintained with a depositary institution; provided that: 
 (a) such deposit account is not a dedicated cash collateral
account and is not subject to restrictions against access by the Company in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board; and 
 (b) such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depository institution; 

  
 -22-

 (12) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (13) Liens
existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens permitted under clause (1)); 
 (14) Liens on property or shares of stock of a
Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (15) Liens on property at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other property
owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (16) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted
Subsidiary owing to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (17) Liens securing the Notes and the Note Guarantees;

 (18) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance, refund, replace, amend, extend or modify, as a whole or
in part, Indebtedness that was previously so secured pursuant to clauses (10), (13), (14), (15), (17) and (18) of this definition; provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus
improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the Indebtedness being refinanced or is in respect of property
that is the security for a Permitted Lien hereunder; 
 (19) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease
Obligation or operating lease; 
 (20) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor; 

(21) Liens on property and other assets of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to the
extent such Indebtedness is permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09; 
 (22) Liens arising in connection with Cash
Management Practices; and 
 (23) Liens securing Indebtedness (other than Subordinated Obligations and Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed the greater of (a) the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets and (b) other than during a Suspension
Period, an amount such that at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Leverage Ratio would be no greater than 2.00 to 1.00; provided, that for purposes of calculating such Secured
Leverage Ratio under this clause (b), the maximum amount of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under clause (b)(1) of Section 4.09 shall be deemed to be outstanding as of the first day of the relevant four consecutive quarter period even if
such Indebtedness is not then outstanding. 

  
 -23-

 “Permitted Warrant” means any call option in respect of the Company’s
Common Stock sold by the Company concurrently with the issuance of Convertible Notes. 
 “Person” means any
individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes
(however designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

“Rating Agency” means each of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. and Moody’s Investors Service,
Inc. or, if Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both shall not make a rating on the Notes publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may
be, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Board of Directors) which shall be substituted for Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, Inc. or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or both, as the case may be. 

“Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a
Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items
of property that would be classified as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting
obligations” as so defined. 
 “Record Date” for the interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable on
any applicable Interest Payment Date means May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day) immediately preceding such Interest Payment Date. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refund, refinance, replace, exchange, renew, repay or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge
mechanism) (collectively, “refinance,” “refinances” and “refinanced” shall each have a correlative meaning) any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including
Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing
Indebtedness; provided, however, that: 
 (1) (a) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is
earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced or (b) if the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced is
later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity at least 91 days later than the Stated Maturity of the Notes; 
 (2) the Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being refinanced;

 (3) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an
aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced (plus, without
duplication, any additional Indebtedness 

  
 -24-

 
Incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing Indebtedness and fees Incurred in connection therewith); 

(4) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, such Refinancing
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees on terms at least as favorable to the Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; and 

(5) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include Indebtedness of a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or
a Guarantor. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement dated as of
the Issue Date by and among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other parties thereto, as such
agreements may be amended from time to time. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the
Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, or any other officer to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Investment” means any Investment other
than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

 “Secured Leverage Ratio” means as of any date of determination, the ratio of: 

(1) the sum of the aggregate outstanding Secured Indebtedness as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial
statements prepared on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP are available, to 
 (2) the aggregate amount of
Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which financial statements prepared on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP are available; 
 in each case with such pro forma adjustment to Indebtedness and Consolidated EBITDA as are appropriate
and consistent with pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Leverage Ratio. 
 “Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 

“Senior Credit Facility” means the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of April 12, 2010, into
among the Company, the lenders parties thereto from time to time, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to
time (including increasing the 

  
 -25-

 
amount loaned thereunder; provided that such additional Indebtedness is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.09). 

“Senior Management” means the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, treasurer and any executive vice
president or senior vice president of the Company. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the Shelf
Registration Statement as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC. 
 “Similar Business” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date or any business that is similar, reasonably
related, incidental or ancillary thereto. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date
specified in the agreement governing or certificate relating to such Indebtedness as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision, but not
including any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof. 
 “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the
Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 
 “Subsidiary” of any Person means (1) any corporation,
association or other business entity (other than a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or similar entity) of which more than 50% of the total ordinary voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the
occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof (or Persons performing similar functions) or (2) any partnership, joint venture limited liability company or similar entity of which more than 50%
of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general or limited partnership interests, as applicable, is, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by
(a) such Person; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, National Joint Ventures and Default Business JVs shall not be considered Subsidiaries, (b) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (c) one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person. Unless otherwise specified herein, each reference to a Subsidiary will refer to a Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 

“Treasury Rate” means as of any date of redemption of Notes the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United
States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to the date on which the
Company sends notice of such redemption to the Holders (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2016;
provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2016 is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be
obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly 

  
 -26-

 
average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the redemption date to June 1, 2016 is less than one year, the weekly
average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 

“Trust Indenture Act” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-777bbbb).

 “Trustee” means Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the
applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of the Company which at the time of determination shall be designated an
Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of the Company in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any
newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary or a Person becoming a Subsidiary through merger or consolidation or Investment therein) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary only if: 
 (1) such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries does not own any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of or have any Investment in, or own or hold any Lien on any property of, any other Subsidiary of the Company
that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or otherwise an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) all the
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries shall, at the date of designation, and will at all times thereafter, consist of Non-Recourse Debt; 
 (3) such designation and the Investment of the Company in such Subsidiary complies with Section 4.07; 
 (4) such Subsidiary, either alone or in the aggregate with all other Unrestricted Subsidiaries, does not operate, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; 
 (5) such Subsidiary is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation: 
 (a) to subscribe for additional Capital Stock of such Person; or

 (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of
operating results; and 
 (6) on the date such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary is not a
party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with terms substantially less favorable to the Company than those that might have been obtained from Persons who are not Affiliates of the
Company. 
 Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to 

  
 -27-

 
such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing conditions. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the
foregoing requirements as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture, and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred as of such date. 

The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that
immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof and either (1) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (2) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in
each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation. 
 “U.S.” means the United States of
America. 
 “Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock of such Person then outstanding and
normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, of such Person. 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’
qualifying shares) is owned by the Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary. 
 Section 1.02 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c) of Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11(a)
	 “Applicable Procedures”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Asset Disposition Offer”
	  	4.10(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Offer Period”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”
	  	3.09(b)
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02(c)
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.14(a)
	 “Clearstream”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “cross acceleration provision”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “Distribution Compliance Period”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Euroclear”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.10(b)
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	1.05(j)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “IAI”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “judgment default provision”
	  	6.01(a)

  
 -28-

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02(a)
	 “Note Register”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “payment default”
	  	6.01(a)
	 “QIB”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Reinstatement Date”
	  	4.16(b)
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.07(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b) of Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a) of Appendix A
	 “Successor Company”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Guarantor”
	  	5.01(c)
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.16(a)
	 “Suspension Period”
	  	4.16(b)
	 “Unrestricted Global Note”
	  	1.1(a) of Appendix A

Section 1.03 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term defined in
Section 1.01 or 1.02 has the meaning assigned to it therein, and a term used herein that is defined in the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, shall have the meaning assigned to it therein; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

(6) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an “Appendix,” “Article,”
“Section,” “clause,” “Schedule” or “Exhibit” refers to an Appendix, Article, Section, clause, Schedule or Exhibit, as the case may be, of this Indenture; 

(7) the words “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole
and not any particular Article, Section, clause or other subdivision; 
 (8) “including” means
including without limitation; 

  
 -29-

 (9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act, the
Exchange Act or the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; 
 (10) unless otherwise provided, references to agreements and other instruments shall be deemed to include all amendments and other modifications to such agreements or instruments, but only to the extent
such amendments and other modifications are not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (11) in the
event that a transaction meets the criteria of more than one category of permitted transactions or listed exceptions, the Company may classify such transaction as it, in its sole discretion, determines. 

Section 1.04 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the Trust Indenture Act as applicable to this Indenture, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. 

The following Trust Indenture Act terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“Commission” means the SEC; 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder of a Note; 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture; 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Note Guarantees means the Company and the Guarantors, respectively, and
any successor obligor upon the Notes and the Note Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
Trust Indenture Act, defined by Trust Indenture Act reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the Trust Indenture Act have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 Section 1.05 Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
duly appointed in writing. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or record or both are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Company and the Guarantors. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or the holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01)
conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and the Guarantors, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.05. 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved (1) by the affidavit of a
witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the 

  
 -30-

 
individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof or (2) in any other manner deemed reasonably sufficient by the Trustee. Where such execution is by or
on behalf of any legal entity other than an individual, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of the authority of the Person executing the same. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the
authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The
ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantors in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) The Company may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action provided in this Indenture to be made, or to vote on or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted to be given or taken by Holders. Unless otherwise specified, if not set by the Company prior to the first solicitation of
a Holder made by any Person in respect of any such action, or in the case of any such vote, prior to such vote, any such record date shall be the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or vote or the date of the most recent
list of Holders furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation or vote. If any record date is set pursuant to this clause (e), the Holders on such record date, and only such Holders, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (including revocation of any action), whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless made,
given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes, or each affected Holder, as applicable, on such record date. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the
Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder in the manner set forth in Section 14.02.

 (f) [Reserved] 
 (g) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by
one or more duly appointed agents, each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. Any notice given or action taken by a Holder or its agents with regard to different parts of such
principal amount pursuant to this paragraph shall have the same effect as if given or taken by separate Holders of each such different part. 
 (h) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depositary that is the Holder of a Global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the
beneficial owners of interests in any such Global Note through such Depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices. 
 (i) The Company may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by a Depositary entitled under the procedures of such
Depositary, if any, to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in 

  
 -31-

 
writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders; provided that if such a
record date is fixed, only the beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action, whether or not such beneficial owners remain beneficial owners of interests in such Global Note after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be
effective hereunder unless made, given or taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date. 
 (j) With respect to any record
date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto that sets such record date may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day;
provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 14.02, on or prior to both
the existing and the new Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 1.05, the party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the
90th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this clause (j). 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 2.01 Form and Dating; Terms. 
 (a) Provisions relating to the
Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes and any other Notes issued under this Indenture are set forth in Appendix A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes and the Trustee’s
certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law or
stock exchange rules or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (b) The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is unlimited. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby
expressly made, a part of this Indenture, and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision
of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer as provided in Section 4.10 or a Change of Control Offer as provided in Section 4.14. The Notes
shall not be redeemable, other than as provided in Article 3. 
 Additional Notes ranking pari passu with the Initial
Notes may be created and issued from time to time by the Company without notice to or consent of the Holders and shall be consolidated with and form a single class with the Initial Notes and all of the Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefore and
shall have the same terms as to status, redemption or otherwise (other than issue date, issue price and, if applicable, the first interest payment amount, the first interest payment date, the initial interest accrual date and rights under a related
Registration Rights Agreement, if any) as the Initial Notes; 

  
 -32-

 
provided that the Company’s ability to issue Additional Notes shall be subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.09. Any Additional Notes shall be issued with the
benefit of an indenture supplemental to this Indenture. 
 Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication. 

(a) At least one Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature. If an Officer whose signature
is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. 
 (b) A
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until authenticated substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the
Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been duly authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. 
 (c) On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written request or order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate and deliver the Initial
Notes. In addition, at any time and from time to time, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver any Additional Notes and Exchange Notes in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication
Order for such Additional Notes or Exchange Notes issued hereunder. 
 (d) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent
acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 
 Section 2.03
Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented
for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (“Note
Register”) and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this
Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 

(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company
initially appoints the Trustee to act as Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 

Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying
Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the 

  
 -33-

 
Trustee, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of
the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 Section 2.05 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish
to the Trustee at least five Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of
the Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 312(a). 
 Section 2.06 Transfer and
Exchange. 
 (a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for
registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. 
 (b) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 or at the Registrar’s request. 

(c) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange (other than pursuant to Section 2.07), but the Holders shall be required to pay any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05). 
 (d)
Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Disposition
Offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note being redeemed or repurchased in part. 

(e) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(f) Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required (1) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes
during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (2) to register the transfer of or to
exchange any Notes so selected for redemption or tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or an Asset Disposition Offer, in whole or in part, except the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of any Note
being redeemed or repurchased in part or (3) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 
 (g) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner
of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, and 

  
 -34-

 
interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(h) Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to
Section 4.02, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more replacement Notes of any authorized denomination or denominations of a like aggregate
principal amount. 
 (i) At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination or
denominations of a like aggregate principal amount upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Global Notes or Definitive Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and mail, the replacement Global Notes and Definitive Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to in accordance with the provisions of Appendix A. 
 (j) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted
by mail or by facsimile or electronic transmission. If sent by facsimile or electronic transmission, originals shall be delivered promptly thereafter to the Registrar. 
 Section 2.07 Replacement Notes. 
 If a mutilated Note is surrendered to
the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee and the Company receive evidence to their mutual satisfaction of destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate
a replacement Note if the Trustee’s and the Company’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Company, an indemnity bond must be provided by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Company to
protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company may charge the Holder for the expenses of the Company and the Trustee in replacing a Note. Every
replacement Note is a contractual obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 2.07, in case any mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 

Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes. 
 (a) The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global
Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company will not be deemed to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(a). 

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it
that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser, as such term is defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York. 
 (c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue from and after the date of such payment. 

  
 -35-

 (d) If a Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof)
holds, on the maturity date, any redemption date or any date of purchase pursuant to an Offer to Purchase, money sufficient to pay Notes payable or to be redeemed or purchased on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to
be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
 Section 2.09 Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes
beneficially owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or
consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the
pledgee’s right to deliver any such direction, waiver or consent with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or any obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders and beneficial holders, as the case may be, of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits accorded to Holders, or beneficial holders, respectively, of Notes under
this Indenture. 
 Section 2.11 Cancellation. 
 The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange
or payment. The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy
cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company. The Company may not issue new
Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 
 Section 2.12 Defaulted
Interest. 
 (a) If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any
lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. The Company shall
notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that
no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such special record date. At least 15 days before the special record date, the
Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail, or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount
of such interest to be paid. 

  
 -36-

 (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty,
each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue interest, which were carried by such other Note.

 Section 2.13 CUSIP and ISIN Numbers 
 The Company in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption or exchange or in Offers to
Purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or exchange or in
Offers to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or exchange or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The
Company shall as promptly as practicable notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP or ISIN numbers. 
 ARTICLE 3

 REDEMPTION 

Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be mailed or caused to be
mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice shall be agreed to by the Trustee) but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth (1) the paragraph or subparagraph of
such Note or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (2) the redemption date, (3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (4) the redemption price, if then ascertainable. 

Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased. 
 (a) If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.07 or purchased in an Offer to Purchase at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased on a
pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate, and in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary in the case of Global Notes. In the event of partial redemption or
purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the then outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption or purchase. 
 (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in an amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. 
 (c) After the redemption date, upon surrender of a Note to be redeemed in part only, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note,

  
 -37-

 
representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed, shall be issued in the name of the Holder of the Notes upon cancellation of the original Note (or appropriate book entries shall be
made to reflect such partial redemption). 
 Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption. 

(a) Subject to Section 3.09, the Company shall mail, or cause to be mailed (or, in the case of Notes held in book-entry form, by
electronic transmission) notices of redemption of Notes at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Article at such Holder’s registered address or
otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with Article 8 or Article 13. 

(b) The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including CUSIP and ISIN number, if applicable) and shall state: 

(1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the redemption price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest; provided that in connection with a redemption under Section 3.07(a), the notice need not
set forth the redemption price but only the manner of calculation thereof; 
 (3) if any Note is to be redeemed
in part only, the portion of the principal amount of that Note that is to be redeemed; 
 (4) the name and
address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to
collect the redemption price; 
 (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment,
interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph
or subparagraph of the Notes or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; 
 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes; and 

(9) if applicable, any condition to such redemption. 

(c) At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s
expense; provided that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least five Business Days before notice of redemption is required to be sent or caused to be sent to Holders pursuant to this Section 3.03 (unless a shorter notice
shall be agreed to by the Trustee), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in Section 3.03(b) and stating that all conditions
precedent to the giving of such notice under the Indenture have been complied with. 
 Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due
and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price (except 

  
 -38-

 
as provided for in Section 3.07(f)). The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In
any case, failure to give such notice or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption in whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note. Subject to
Section 3.05, on and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption. 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price. 
 (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the redemption or purchase date (or such later time of day to which the Trustee may reasonably agree), the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or
with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to
the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Holder of record on such Record Date. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed or repurchased the applicable
redemption or purchase price thereof and accrued and unpaid interest thereon. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts
necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 (b) If the Company complies with the provisions of Section 3.05(a), on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for
redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after a Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption or purchase date shall be paid on the relevant Interest
Payment Date to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of
the Company to comply with Section 3.05(a), interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest accrued to the redemption or purchase date
not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01. 
 Section 3.06 Notes
Redeemed or Purchased in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue
and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to the Holder (or cause to be transferred by book entry) at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or
unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not redeemed or purchased; provided that each new note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 Section 3.07 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) Prior to June 1, 2014, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of
Additional Notes) with the Net Cash Proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings at a redemption price equal to 107.25% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date); provided that 

  
 -39-

 (1) at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(calculated after giving effect to any issuance of Additional Notes) remains outstanding after each such redemption; and 
 (2) such redemption occurs within 90 days after the closing of such Equity Offering. 
 (b) In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed to each Holder or
otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the depositary at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date). 
 (c) Except pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of this Section 3.07, the Notes shall not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to June 1, 2016. 

(d) On and after June 1, 2016, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60
days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, if any, to the applicable date of redemption (subject
to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to such redemption date), if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 1 of each of the years
indicated below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2016
	  	 	103.625	% 
	 2017
	  	 	102.417	% 
	 2018
	  	 	101.208	% 
	 2019 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (e) Any redemption
pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06. 
 (f) Any redemption
notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to one or more conditions precedent, including completion of an Equity Offering or other corporate transaction. 
 (g) The Company or its Affiliates may acquire Notes by means other than a redemption, whether by tender offer, open market purchases, negotiated transactions or otherwise, in accordance with applicable
securities laws, so long as such acquisition does not otherwise violate the terms of this Indenture. 
 Section 3.08 Mandatory
Redemption. 
 The Company will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the
Notes. 

  
 -40-

 Section 3.09 Offers to Repurchase by Application of Excess Proceeds. 

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10, the Company is required to commence an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company will
follow the procedures specified below. 
 (b) The Asset Disposition Offer will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period
(the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable)
required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”), or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered,
all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest payments on the Notes are made. 

(c) If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after a Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued
and unpaid interest up to but excluding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date. 

(d) Upon the commencement of an Asset Disposition Offer, the Company shall mail a notice (or, in the case of Global Notes, otherwise
communicate in accordance with the procedures of the Depository) to each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset
Disposition Offer. The Asset Disposition Offer shall be made to all Holders and, if required, all holders of Pari Passu Indebtedness. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Disposition Offer, shall state: 

(1) that the Asset Disposition Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.10 and the length
of time the Asset Disposition Offer shall remain open; 
 (2) the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, the purchase
price, including the portion thereof representing any accrued and unpaid interest, and the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the Asset Disposition
Purchase Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer may
elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only; 
 (6) that Holders electing to have a Note
purchased pursuant to any Asset Disposition Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, the
Depositary, if applicable, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Asset Disposition Purchase Date; 

(7) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the
case may be, receives at the address specified in the 

  
 -41-

 
notice, not later than the expiration of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Notes
the Holder tendered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have such Note purchased; 
 (8) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by the holders thereof exceeds the Asset Disposition Offer Amount, then the Notes and such Pari Passu
Indebtedness will be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the aggregate accreted value or principal amount, as applicable, of the Notes or such Pari Passu Indebtedness tendered and the selection of the Notes for purchase shall be made by
the Trustee by such method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note having a principal amount of $2,000 shall be purchased in part; and 

(9) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer) representing the same Indebtedness to the extent not repurchased. 
 (e) On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all
Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes, in integral multiples of $1,000; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after
such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Company will deliver or cause
to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company
in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. In addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. 

(f) The Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination
of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and
not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate and mail or
deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder (it being understood that, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate is required for the Trustee to
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note) in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof. In addition, the Company will take any and all other actions required by the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness. Any Note not so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 
 (g) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the

  
 -42-

 
repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company
will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the applicable provisions of Sections 3.01
through 3.06. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 Section 4.01 Payment of Notes. 

(a) The Company will pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than one of the Company or a Subsidiary, holds as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 (b) The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner on the dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. In the event the Company is required to pay
Additional Interest, the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Company’s obligation to pay Additional Interest no later than five Business Days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice shall set forth the
amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company. 
 (c) The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
 Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Company shall
maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the
Company and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company
shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 The Company may also from time to time designate additional offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency. 

  
 -43-

 The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office
or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03. 
 Section 4.03 Reports and Other Information. 

(a) Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or
otherwise report on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Company will file with the SEC within the time periods specified in the
SEC’s rules and regulations (for the avoidance of doubt after giving effect to Rule 12b-25 or any similar rule or regulation) that are then applicable to the Company (or if the Company is not then subject to the reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, then the time periods for filing applicable to a filer that is not an “accelerated filer” as defined in such rules and regulations): 
 (1) all financial information that would be required to be contained in an annual report on Form 10-K, or any successor or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s
discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section and a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm; 

(2) all financial information that would be required to be contained in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q, or any successor
or comparable form, filed with the SEC, including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” section; 

(3) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K, or any successor or comparable form,
if the Company were required to file such reports; and 
 (4) any other information, documents and other reports
that the Company would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, 
 in each case in a
manner that complies in all material respects with the requirements specified in such form. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, so long as the Company provides such information to the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and makes available such information
to prospective purchasers of the Notes, in each case at the Company’s expense and by the applicable date the Company would be required to file such information pursuant to Section 4.03(a). In addition, to the extent not satisfied by the
foregoing, for so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will furnish to Holders and to securities analysts and prospective purchasers of the Notes, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4)
under the Securities Act. The requirements set forth in this Section 4.03(b) and Section 4.03(a) may be satisfied by delivering such information to the Trustee and posting copies of such information on a website (which may be nonpublic and
may be maintained by the Company or a third party) to which access will be given to Holders and prospective purchasers of the Notes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the reports referred to above filed after the effectiveness of the exchange
offer or shelf registration statement provided for by the Registration Rights Agreement, if any, shall be required to contain financial data with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantors and Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of the type contemplated by Rule
3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act or otherwise. 

  
 -44-

 (c) If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries and
such Unrestricted Subsidiaries, either individually or collectively, would otherwise have been a Significant Subsidiary, then the annual and quarterly financial information required by Section 4.03(b) shall include a reasonably detailed
presentation, as determined in good faith by Senior Management of the Company, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes to the financial statements and in the “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations” section, of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

 (d) In the event that any direct or indirect parent company of the Company becomes a Guarantor of the Notes, the Company may
satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.03 to provide consolidated financial information of the Company by furnishing consolidated financial information relating to such parent; provided that (a) such financial statements are
accompanied by consolidating financial information for such parent, the Company, the Restricted Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in the manner prescribed by the SEC and (b) such parent is not engaged in any
business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the Capital Stock of the Company. 

Section 4.04 Compliance Certificate. 
 (a) The Company and each Guarantor (but only to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the Trust Indenture Act) shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee,
within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year ending after the Issue Date, a certificate from the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer stating that a review of the activities of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officer with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture,
and further stating, as to such Officer signing such certificate, that to his or her knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture (or, if a Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or propose to take with
respect thereto). 
 (b) When any Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, or if the Trustee or the holder
of any other evidence of Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary gives any notice or takes any other action with respect to a claimed Default, the Company shall promptly (which shall be no more than five Business Days following the date on
which the Company becomes aware of such Default, receives such notice or becomes aware of such action, as applicable) send to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such event, its status and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto, unless such Default shall have been previously cured or waived. 
 Section 4.05 Taxes.

 The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes,
assessments and governmental levies except (a) such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate negotiations or proceedings or (b) where the failure to effect such payment would not have a material adverse effect (i) upon
the financial condition, business or results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) on the ability of the Company or the Guarantors to perform their respective obligations under the Notes or this Indenture.

  
 -45-

 Section 4.06 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon,
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the
Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

Section 4.07 Limitation on Restricted Payments. 
 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to: 
 (1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (whether made in cash, securities or other property) on or in respect of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Capital Stock (including
any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) other than: 
 (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock); and 
 (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any Capital Stock issued by a Restricted Subsidiary that is
not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary holding such Capital Stock receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution; 

(2) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value, including in connection with any merger or consolidation, any
Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than in exchange for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock)); 

(3) make any principal payment on, or purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value,
prior to any scheduled repayment, scheduled sinking fund payment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, other than: 

(A) Indebtedness permitted under clause (5) of Section 4.09(b) or 

(B) the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations or
Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor purchased in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of purchase, repurchase,
redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement; or 
 (4) make any Restricted Investment, 

  
 -46-

 (all such payments and other actions referred to in clauses (1) through (4) (other than any
exception thereto) shall be referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment: 
 (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); 
 (B) immediately after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Company could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.09(a); and 

(C) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments declared or made on or after
April 1, 2011 (excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 4.07(b) other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (4), (5), (6), (7) and (16)) would not exceed the sum of (without duplication): 

(i) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) from April 1, 2011 to the end of
the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus 

(ii) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue or sale of its Capital Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) or other capital contributions on or after April 1, 2011, other than: 
  

	 	(x)	Net Cash Proceeds received from an issuance or sale of such Capital Stock to a Subsidiary of the Company or to an employee stock ownership plan, option plan or similar
trust to the extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of
determination); and 

  

	 	(y)	Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company from the issue and sale of its Capital Stock or capital contributions to the extent applied to redeem Notes in compliance with
Section 3.07(b); plus 

 (iii) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries is reduced on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other than debt held by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of any Indebtedness of the Company or its
Restricted Subsidiaries convertible or exchangeable for Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the Fair Market Value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion or
exchange); plus 
 (iv) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after the date of this
Indenture is 
 (x) sold for cash or otherwise cancelled, liquidated or repaid for cash, or 

  
 -47-

 (y) made in an entity that subsequently becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company, the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus 
 (v) to the extent that any
Unrestricted Subsidiary designated as such after the date of this Indenture is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary after the date of this Indenture the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Restricted Investment in such Subsidiary as of the
date of such redesignation; plus 
 (vi) 50% of any dividends received in cash by the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor after the date of this Indenture from an Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the extent that such dividends were not otherwise included in the Consolidated Net Income of the Company for such period; plus

 (vii) $25,000,000. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.07(a) will not prohibit: 
 (1)
any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock, Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange
for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust to the
extent such sale to an employee stock ownership plan or similar trust is financed by loans from or Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless such loans have been repaid with cash on or prior to the date of determination);
provided, however, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sale of Capital Stock will be excluded from clause (C)(ii) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (2) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations of the Company or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor made by
exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any
Subsidiary Guarantor made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor, so long as such refinancing Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated
Obligations are permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitute Refinancing Indebtedness; 

(3) any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary made by exchange for or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of Disqualified Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, so long as such refinancing Disqualified
Stock is permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 and constitutes Refinancing Indebtedness; 
 (4)
the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Obligation (A) at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount of such Subordinated Obligation in the event of a
Change of Control in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.14 or (B) at a purchase price not greater than 100% of the principal amount thereof in accordance with provisions similar to Section 4.10; provided that,
prior to or simultaneously with such purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement, the Company has made the Change of 

  
 -48-

 
Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer, as applicable, as provided in such covenant with respect to the Notes and has completed the repurchase or redemption of all Notes validly tendered for
payment in connection with such Change of Control Offer or Asset Disposition Offer; 
 (5) any purchase or
redemption of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted under Section 4.10; 
 (6) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with this provision; 

(7) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Capital Stock or equity
appreciation rights of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company held by any existing or former employees or management of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection
with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees approved by the Board of Directors; provided that such Capital Stock or equity appreciation rights
were received for services related to, or for the benefit of, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and provided, further, that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause will not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate
during any calendar year (with any unused amounts of in any calendar year being carried over to the immediately succeeding calendar year subject to a maximum of $15,000,000 in any calendar year), although such amount in any calendar year may be
increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company and, to the extent contributed to the Company, Capital Stock of any of the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies, in each case to existing or former employees or members of management of the Company,
any of its Subsidiaries or any of its direct or indirect parent companies that occurs after the Issue Date, to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds from the sale of such Capital Stock have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments
(provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such sales or contributions will be excluded from clause (C)(ii) of Section 4.07(a)); plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; less  

(C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the Net Cash Proceeds described in clauses (a) and
(b) of this clause (7); 
 (8) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of
Disqualified Stock of the Company issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Consolidated Interest Expense;” 

(9) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants, other rights to purchase
Capital Stock or other convertible securities if such Capital Stock represents all or a portion of the exercise price thereof; 
 (10) cash payment, in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock; 

  
 -49-

 (11) the repurchase or redemption of the Company’s Preferred Stock
purchase rights outstanding from time to time, or any substitute therefor, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the product of (a) the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and (b) $0.01 per share, as such amount may
be adjusted in accordance with the rights agreement relating to the Common Stock of the Company; 
 (12) the
distribution, by dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (other than Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary assets of which are cash and/or cash equivalents); 

(13) any payment of cash by the Company or any Subsidiary issuer to a holder of Convertible Notes constituting
Subordinated Obligations upon conversion or exchange of such Convertible Notes, and entry into or any payment in connection with any termination of any Permitted Bond Hedge or any Permitted Warrant; 

(14) the repurchase of Capital Stock deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or restricted stock units granted
pursuant to a stock award plan of the Company if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price of such options or taxes due upon exercise thereof; 

(15) repurchases of (a) up to 8.9 million shares of common stock of the Company from First American Financial
Corporation and (b) shares of common stock of the Company having an aggregate market value at the time or repurchase not to exceed $30,000,000; and 
 (16) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount, when taken together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (16) (as reduced by the amount of capital returned from any
such Restricted Payments that constituted Restricted Investments in the form of cash and Cash Equivalents (exclusive of items reflected in Consolidated Net Income)) not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 11.0% of Consolidated
Net Tangible Assets; 
 provided, however, that at the time of and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment permitted under
clauses (5), (7), (15) and (16), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07, in the event that a proposed Restricted Payment (or a portion
thereof) meets the criteria of clauses (7) or (16) above or is entitled to be made pursuant to Section 4.07(a), the Company will be entitled to classify or reclassify (based on circumstances existing on the date of such
reclassification) such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) between such clauses (7) or (16) and Section 4.07(a) in a manner that otherwise complies with this Section 4.07. 

(d) The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the Fair Market Value on the date of such Restricted Payment of the
assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to such Restricted Payment. The amount of all Restricted Payments paid in cash shall be its face amount. 

(e) As of the Issue Date, all of the Company’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any
Unrestricted Subsidiary to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the last sentence of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all
outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary 

  
 -50-

 
so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the definition of “Investment.” Such designation will be permitted only if a Restricted
Payment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. Unrestricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to any of the restrictive covenants set forth in this
Indenture. 
 Section 4.08 Limitation on Restrictions on Distribution From Restricted Subsidiaries. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit
to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary to: 
 (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its
profits, or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating distributions prior to dividends or
liquidating distributions being paid on Common Stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock); 
 (2) make any loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that the subordination of loans or advances made to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to other
Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances); or 
 (3) sell, lease or transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (it being understood that such transfers shall not include any type of transfer described in clause
(1) or (2) above). 
 (b) The preceding provisions will not prohibit encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by
reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions pursuant to the Senior Credit Facility and related
documentation and other agreements or instruments in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date; 
 (2) this
Indenture, the Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (3) any agreement or other instrument of a
Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence at the time of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or
assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired (including after-acquired property); 

(4) any agreement or other instrument governing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.09 and any
amendments, restatements, modifications, renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those agreements; provided that the restrictions therein are not, in the good faith determination of the Company, materially more
restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 

  
 -51-

 (5) any amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, supplement,
refunding, replacement or refinancing of an agreement referred to in clauses (1), (2), (3) or (4) of this Section 4.08(b) or this clause (5); provided, however, that such amendments, restatements, modifications,
renewals, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company, not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the encumbrances and restrictions contained the agreements referred to in clauses
(1), (2), (3) or (4) of this Section 4.08(b) on the Issue Date or the date such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged into a Restricted Subsidiary or such Indebtedness was Incurred, whichever is
applicable; 
 (6) in the case of clause (3) of Section 4.08(a), Liens permitted to be Incurred under
Section 4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (7)
purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business and Capitalized Lease Obligations permitted under this Indenture, in each case, that impose encumbrances or restrictions of the nature described in clause
(3) of Section 4.08(a) on the property so acquired; 
 (8) contracts for the sale of assets, including
customary restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into for the sale or disposition of all or a portion of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary; 

(9) restrictions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (10) any customary provisions in joint venture agreements relating to joint ventures that
are not Restricted Subsidiaries and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 

(11) any customary provisions in leases, subleases or licenses and other agreements entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (12) encumbrances or restrictions arising or
existing by reason of applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order. 
 Section 4.09 Limitation on Indebtedness.

 (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any
Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness); provided, however, that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness if on the date thereof and after giving effect thereto on a pro forma basis: 

(1) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is at least 2.00 to 1.00; and

 (2) no Default or Event of Default will have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence of
Incurring the Indebtedness or entering into the transactions relating to such Incurrence; 

  
 -52-

 provided that Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors may not incur Indebtedness
pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) if, after giving pro forma effect thereto, more than $25,000,000 of Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries would be outstanding pursuant to this Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.09(b)(6) at
such time. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.09(a) will not prohibit the Incurrence of the following Indebtedness:

 (1) Indebtedness of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Foreign Subsidiary Incurred under a Debt
Facility and the issuance and creation of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder (with undrawn trade letters of credit and reimbursement obligations relating to trade letters of credit satisfied within 30 days being excluded, and
bankers’ acceptances being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the face amount thereof) in an aggregate amount up to $1,400,000,000; provided that the aggregate amount of Indebtedness was permitted to be Incurred by Foreign
Subsidiaries under this clause (1) shall not exceed $100,000,000; 
 (2) Indebtedness represented by the
Notes (including any Note Guarantee) (other than any Additional Notes) and any Exchange Notes (including any Guarantee thereof); 
 (3) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (1), (2), (4), (5), (7), (9), (10), (11), (14), (15) and
(16) of this Section 4.09(b)); 
 (4) Guarantees by (a) the Company or Subsidiary Guarantors of
Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided that in the event such Indebtedness that is being Guaranteed is a Subordinated Obligation or a
Guarantor Subordinated Obligation, then the related Guarantee shall be subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantees, as the case may be, and (b) Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of Indebtedness Incurred by Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (5) Indebtedness of the Company owing to and
held by any Restricted Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, 

(A) if the Company is the obligor on Indebtedness owing to a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary, such Indebtedness is expressly
subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations with respect to the Notes; 
 (B) if a
Subsidiary Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness and a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary is the obligee, such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and 

(C) (i) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such Indebtedness
being beneficially held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 

(ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company 

  
 -53-

 
shall be deemed, in each case under this clause (5)(C), to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; 

(6) Indebtedness of (a) Persons Incurred and outstanding on the date on which such Person became a Restricted
Subsidiary or was acquired by, or merged into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred to finance all or a portion of any such transaction; provided, however, that at the time such
Person is acquired, the Company would have been able to Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(a) after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (6) or the Consolidated Coverage
Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such Incurrence; provided, further, however, that on a pro forma basis,
together with amounts Incurred and outstanding under the proviso of Section 4.09(a), no more than $25,000,000 of Indebtedness at any time outstanding and incurred by Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries pursuant to this clause (6) shall be Incurred
and outstanding; 
 (7) Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations that are Incurred other than for speculative
purposes; 
 (8) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, construction or improvement of any property, plant or equipment used or to be used in a Similar Business whether through the direct purchase of such property, plant or equipment or the Capital Stock of any
Person owning such assets, and any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8), in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the
principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (8) and then outstanding, will not exceed $150,000,000; 
 (9) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of operating leases, workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property,
casualty or liability insurance, self insurance obligations, performance, bid, customs, appeal and surety and similar bonds and performance and completion Guarantees (not for borrowed money) and letters of credit supporting the foregoing, in each
case provided in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business or assets of the Company or any business, assets or
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that such
Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to
be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (10)); 
 (11) Indebtedness arising from the
honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; 

  
 -54-

 (12) Indebtedness of Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries of the Company not to exceed
the greater of (x) $50,000,000 and (y) 7.5% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding; 
 (13) the Incurrence or issuance by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Refinancing Indebtedness that serves to refund or refinance any Indebtedness Incurred as permitted under Section 4.09(a)
and clauses (2), (3), (6) and this clause (13) of this Section 4.09(b), or any Indebtedness issued to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, including additional Indebtedness Incurred to pay premiums (including reasonable, as
determined in good faith by the Company, tender premiums), defeasance costs, accrued interest and fees and expenses in connection therewith; 
 (14) Indebtedness consisting of the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Indebtedness (including intercompany Indebtedness among the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary) in respect of Cash Management Practices; 

(16) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees Incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

 (17) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (1) through (16) above, Indebtedness of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (17) and then outstanding, will not exceed the
greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 11.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding. 
 (c) The
Company will not Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Subordinated Obligations of the Company unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the Notes to at
least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations. No Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness under Section 4.09(b) if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to refinance any Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of
such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness will be subordinated to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee to at least the same extent as such Guarantor Subordinated Obligations. No Restricted Subsidiary (other
than a Subsidiary Guarantor) may Incur any Indebtedness if the proceeds are used to refinance Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 (d) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.09: 

(1) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.09(b),
the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of Incurrence and may later reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.09(b) and only be required to include the
amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses under Section 4.09(b); provided that all Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility, and all Indebtedness (or the portion thereof) Incurred
under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) to repay, refund or refinance the amounts outstanding on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility, shall be deemed Incurred under clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) and not
Section 4.09(a) or clause (3) of Section 4.09(b) and may not later be reclassified; 

  
 -55-

 (2) Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness
that is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (3) if
obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Debt Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (1) of Section 4.09(b) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other
Indebtedness shall not be included; 
 (4) the principal amount of any Disqualified Stock of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, will be equal to the greater of the maximum mandatory redemption or repurchase price (not including, in either case, any redemption or repurchase premium) or the
liquidation preference thereof; 
 (5) Indebtedness permitted by this Section 4.09 need not be permitted solely by
reference to one provision permitting such Indebtedness but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this Section 4.09 permitting such Indebtedness; 

(6) the principal amount of any Indebtedness outstanding in connection with a securitization transaction or series of securitization
transactions is the amount of obligations outstanding under the legal documents entered into as part of such transaction that would be characterized as principal if such transaction were structured as a secured lending transaction rather than as a
purchase relating to such transaction; and 
 (7) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal
amount thereof will be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof in accordance with GAAP. 
 Accrual of interest,
accrual of dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization of debt discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness and the payment of dividends in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock or Disqualified
Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.09. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (i) the accreted value thereof in the case of any Indebtedness issued with
original issue discount or the aggregate principal amount outstanding in the case of Indebtedness issued with interest payable in kind and (ii) the principal amount or liquidation preference thereof, together with any interest thereon that is
more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness. 
 If at any time an Unrestricted Subsidiary becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date (and, if such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under this Section 4.09, the Company
shall be in Default of this Section 4.09). 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated
restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness was
Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such
refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to
have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. Notwithstanding any other provision of this covenant, the maximum amount of Indebtedness
that the Company may Incur pursuant to this 

  
 -56-

 
Section 4.09 shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other
Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such Refinancing Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on
the date of such refinancing. 
 Section 4.10 Asset Dispositions. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause, make or suffer to exist any Asset Disposition
unless: 
 (1) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at least
equal to the Fair Market Value (such Fair Market Value to be determined on the date of contractually agreeing to such Asset Disposition) of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition; 

(2) at least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Disposition received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; and 
 (3) an amount equal to 100% of the Net
Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be and at the discretion of the Company, within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such
Net Available Cash, as follows: 
 (A) to permanently reduce (and permanently reduce commitments with respect
thereto): (x) Secured Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and (y) Secured Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Subordinated Obligations) or Secured Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Guarantor
Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; 
 (B) to permanently reduce obligations under other Indebtedness of the Company (other than any Disqualified Stock or Subordinated Obligations) or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any
Disqualified Stock or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company; provided that the Company shall equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes as
provided under Section 3.07, through open market purchases (to the extent such purchases are at or above 100% of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Disposition
Offer) to all Holders to purchase their Notes at 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of Notes that would otherwise be prepaid; or 

(C) to invest in Additional Assets or to make capital expenditures in a Similar Business;
provided that a binding commitment entered into no later than such 365th day shall extend the period for such investment for an additional 180 days after the end of such 365-day period so long as the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary enters into such commitment
with the good faith expectation that such Net Available Cash will be applied to satisfy such commitment within such additional 180 day period and, in the event such commitment is cancelled or terminated or for any reason such Net Available Cash is
not so applied within such period, then such Net 

  
 -57-

 
Available Cash shall constitute Excess Proceeds on the date of such cancellation or termination, or such 365th day, as applicable (such
365th day, as extended pursuant to this proviso, the
“Asset Disposition Trigger Date”); 
 provided that pending the final application of any such Net Available Cash in
accordance with clause (A), (B) or (C) above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may temporarily reduce Indebtedness (including under a revolving Debt Facility) or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not
prohibited by this Indenture. 
 (4) For the purposes of clause (2) above and for no other purpose, the
following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted
Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantees) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from
which the Company and all Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly released by all creditors in writing; 
 (B)
any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash (to the extent of the cash received) within 180 days
following the closing of such Asset Disposition; and 
 (C) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (C) that is at that time outstanding,
not to exceed the greater of (x) $75,000,000 and (y) 11.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration
being measured at the time received without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 
 (b) Any Net Available Cash from
Asset Dispositions that is not applied or invested as provided in Section 4.10(a) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” On the first day following the Asset Disposition Trigger Date, if the aggregate amount of Excess
Proceeds exceeds $15,000,000, the Company will be required to make an offer (“Asset Disposition Offer”) to all Holders and, to the extent required by the terms of outstanding Pari Passu Indebtedness, to all holders of such Pari
Passu Indebtedness, to purchase the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes and any such Pari Passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds, at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant Interest Payment Date), in accordance with the procedures set forth in
Section 3.09 or the agreements governing the Pari Passu Indebtedness, as applicable, in each case in minimum denominations of $2,000 and larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall commence an Asset Disposition
Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds by mailing (or otherwise communicating in accordance with the procedures of DTC) the notice required by Section 3.09, with a copy to the Trustee. 

To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to an
Asset Disposition Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for general corporate purposes, subject to other covenants contained in this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes
surrendered by Holders 

  
 -58-

 
thereof and other Pari Passu Indebtedness surrendered by holders or lenders, collectively, exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Company shall select (subject to the procedures of DTC or any
successor depositary in the case of global notes) the Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness to be purchased on a pro rata basis on the basis of the aggregate accreted value or principal amount of tendered Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness. Upon
completion of such Asset Disposition Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 The Asset Disposition Offer
will remain open for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “Asset Disposition Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the
termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period (the “Asset Disposition Purchase Date”), the Company will apply all Excess Proceeds to the purchase of the aggregate principal amount of Notes and, if applicable, Pari Passu
Indebtedness (on a pro rata basis, if applicable) required to be purchased pursuant to this Section 4.10 (the “Asset Disposition Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes (and, if
applicable, Pari Passu Indebtedness) has been so validly tendered, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness validly tendered in response to the Asset Disposition Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased will be made in the same manner as interest
payments are made. 
 If the Asset Disposition Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related
Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Asset Disposition Purchase Date will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. 

On or before the Asset Disposition Purchase Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis
to the extent necessary, the Asset Disposition Offer Amount of Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Asset Disposition Offer, or if less than the Asset Disposition Offer
Amount has been validly tendered and not properly withdrawn, all Notes and Pari Passu Indebtedness so tendered, in the case of the Notes in integral multiples of $1,000; provided that if, following repurchase of a portion of a Note, the
remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding immediately after such repurchase would be less than $2,000, then the portion of such Note so repurchased shall be reduced so that the remaining principal amount of such Note outstanding
immediately after such repurchase is $2,000. The Company will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee the Notes so accepted and an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof so accepted
and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.10. In addition, the Company will deliver all certificates and notes required, if any, by the agreements governing
the Pari Passu Indebtedness. The Paying Agent or the Company, as the case may be, will promptly, but in no event later than five Business Days after termination of the Asset Disposition Offer Period, mail or deliver to each tendering Holder or
holder or lender of Pari Passu Indebtedness, as the case may be, an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes or Pari Passu Indebtedness so validly tendered and not properly withdrawn by such holder or lender, as the case may be, and accepted
by the Company for purchase, and the Company will promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon delivery of an authentication order from the Company, will authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note
to such Holder in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered; provided that each such new Note will be in a minimum principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Any Note not
so accepted will be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company will publicly announce the results of the Asset Disposition Offer on the Asset Disposition Purchase Date. 

(c) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Disposition Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any 

  
 -59-

 
securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Indenture by virtue of any conflict. 
 Section 4.11 Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any
transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or asset or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”), unless: 

(1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the
case may be, than those that could have been obtained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms’ length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate; 

(2) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $20,000,000, the terms of
such transaction have been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors having no personal stake in such transaction, if any (and such majority or
majorities, as the case may be, determines that such Affiliate Transaction satisfies the criteria in clause (1) above); and 
 (3) in the event such Affiliate Transaction involves an aggregate consideration in excess of $75,000,000, the Company has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor that such
Affiliate Transaction is not materially less favorable than those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction at the time of such transaction in arms’ length dealings with a Person that is not an Affiliate. 

(b) Section 4.11(a) will not apply to: 
 (1) any transaction between the Company and a Restricted Subsidiary or between Restricted Subsidiaries and any Guarantees issued by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary for the benefit of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with Section 4.09; 
 (2) any Restricted Payment
permitted to be made pursuant to Section 4.07 and the definition of “Permitted Investments” (other than pursuant to clauses (2) and (14) thereof); 

(3) any issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or as the
funding of, employment agreements and other compensation arrangements, options to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, restricted stock plans, long-term incentive plans, stock appreciation rights plans, participation plans or similar employee
benefits plans or indemnity provided on behalf of Officers and employees approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (4) the payment of reasonable and customary fees paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 

(5) loans or advances to employees, Officers or directors of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business consistent with past practices (and, to 

  
 -60-

 
the extent applicable, made in compliance with Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), in an aggregate amount not in excess of $10,000,000 (without giving effect to the forgiveness
of any such loan); 
 (6) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date, as these agreements may be amended,
modified, supplemented, extended or renewed from time to time, so long as any such amendment, modification, supplement, extension or renewal is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect in the good faith judgment of the Board
of Directors of the Company, when taken as a whole, than the terms of the agreements in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (7) any agreement between any Person and an Affiliate of such Person existing at the time such Person is acquired by or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
agreement was not entered into in contemplation of such acquisition or merger, and any amendment thereto (so long as any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the Holders in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, when
taken as a whole, as compared to the applicable agreement as in effect on the date of such acquisition or merger); 
 (8) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of the business of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that in the reasonable determination of the members of the Board of Directors or Senior Management of the Company, such transactions are on terms
that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained at the time of such transactions in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person; 
 (9) any issuance or sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) to Affiliates of the Company
and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; and 
 (10) transactions in
which the Company obtains a favorable written opinion from an Investment Financial Adviser as to the fairness of the transaction to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from a financial point of view. 

Section 4.12 Limitation on Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its
property or assets (including Capital Stock of Subsidiaries), or income or profits therefrom, or assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom, whether owned on the Issue Date or acquired after that date, which Lien is securing any
Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with the Incurrence of such Liens: 
 (1) in the case of Liens securing
Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are secured by a Lien on such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens; or 

(2) in all other cases, the Notes and related Note Guarantees are equally and ratably secured or are secured by a Lien on
such property, assets or proceeds that is senior in priority to such Liens. 

  
 -61-

 Any Lien created for the benefit of Holders pursuant to this Section 4.12 shall be
automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of each of the Liens described in clauses (1) and (2) above. 
 Section 4.13 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Article 5, the Company
shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (1) its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in
accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if
the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. 
 Section 4.14 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control. 
 (a) If a
Change of Control occurs, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding Notes pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 3.07, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the Notes (the “Change of Control
Offer”) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (the “Change of Control Payment”) (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on an Interest Payment Date falling on or prior to the date of purchase). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all of the
Notes pursuant to Sections 3.03 and 3.07, the Company will mail a notice of such Change of Control Offer to each Holder or otherwise give notice in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC, with a copy to the Trustee, stating:

 (1) that a Change of Control Offer is being made and that all Notes properly tendered pursuant to such Change
of Control Offer will be accepted for purchase by the Company at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of
record on a record date to receive interest on an Interest Payment Date); 
 (2) the purchase date (which shall
be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); 
 (3) that any Note not properly tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest; 
 (4) that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest on and after the
Change of Control Payment Date; 
 (5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of
Control Offer will be required to surrender such Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of such Notes completed, to the Paying Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice
prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date; 

  
 -62-

 (6) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their tendered Notes and
their election to require the Company to purchase such Notes; provided that the Paying Agent receives at the address specified in the notice, not later than the close of business on the 30th day following the date of the Change of Control
notice, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder of the Notes, the principal amount of Notes tendered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its tendered Notes and its election to have
such Notes purchased; 
 (7) that if a Holder is tendering less than all of its Notes, such Holder will be issued
new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (the unpurchased portion of the Notes must be equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof); and 

(8) the other instructions, as determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.14, that a Holder must
follow. 
 The notice, if mailed in a manner herein provided, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not
the Holder receives such notice. If (A) the notice is mailed in a manner herein provided and (B) any Holder fails to receive such notice or a Holder receives such notice but it is defective, such Holder’s failure to receive such
notice or such defect shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the purchase of the Notes as to all other Holders that properly received such notice without defect. 
 (b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company will, to the extent lawful: 
 (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes (of $2,000 or larger integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; 

(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of
Notes so tendered; and 
 (3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes so
accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.14. 

(c) The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee
will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry in the case of global notes) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each
such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 (d) If the Change of
Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date will be paid on the relevant Interest Payment Date to the Person in
whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date. 
 (e) Prior to making a Change of Control
Payment, and as a condition to such payment (1) the requisite holders of each issue of Indebtedness issued under an indenture or other agreement that may be violated by such payment shall have consented to such Change of Control Payment being
made and waived the event of default, if any, caused by the Change of Control or (2) the 

  
 -63-

 
Company will repay all outstanding Indebtedness issued under an indenture or other agreement that may be violated by a Change of Control Payment or the Company will offer to repay all such
Indebtedness, make payment to the holders of such Indebtedness that accept such offer and obtain waivers of any event of default arising under the relevant indenture or other agreement from the remaining holders of such Indebtedness. The Company
covenants to effect such repayment or obtain such consent prior to making a Change of Control Payment, it being a default of the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture if the Company fails to comply with such covenant. 

(f) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.14 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn
under such Change of Control Offer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, conditional upon such Change of Control. 

(g) The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other
securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Indenture, the Company will
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Indenture by virtue of the conflict. 
 (h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 4.14, any purchase pursuant to this Section 4.14 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.05 and 3.06.

 Section 4.15 Additional Subsidiary Note Guarantees. 
 The Company will cause each Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a borrower under the Senior Credit Facility or that Guarantees, on the Issue Date or any time thereafter, the Obligations under the Senior
Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture to this Indenture pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantee, on a joint and several basis, the full and prompt payment
of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest in respect of the Notes on a senior basis and all other obligations under this Indenture. 
 The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including,
without limitation, any Guarantees under the Senior Credit Facility) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor
under its Note Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal
or state law. 
 Each Note Guarantee shall be released in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06. 

Section 4.16 Effectiveness of Covenants 
 (a) Following the first day: 
 (1) the Notes have an
Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency; and 

  
 -64-

 (2) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture,

 the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.15 and 5.01(a)(4) (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 (b) If at any time the Notes’
credit rating is downgraded from an Investment Grade Rating by both Rating Agencies or if a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Suspended Covenants will thereafter be reinstated (the “Reinstatement Date”)
and be applicable to future events pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, unless and until the Notes subsequently attain an Investment Grade Rating from any Rating Agency and no Default or Event of Default is in existence (in which event the
Suspended Covenants shall no longer be in effect for such time that the Notes maintain such an Investment Grade Rating and no Default or Event of Default is in existence); provided, however, that no Default, Event of Default or breach
of any kind shall be deemed to exist under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with respect to the Suspended Covenants based on, and none of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall bear any liability for, any actions taken or events
occurring during the Suspension Period (as defined below), regardless of whether such actions or events would have been permitted if the applicable Suspended Covenants remained in effect during such period. The period of time between the date of
suspension of the covenants and the Reinstatement Date is referred to as the “Suspension Period.” 
 (c) On the
Reinstatement Date, all Indebtedness Incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or one of the clauses set forth in Section 4.09(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness would be
permitted to be Incurred thereunder as of the Reinstatement Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reinstatement Date). To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to
be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(a) or (b), such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified under clause (3) of Section 4.09(b). Calculations made after the Reinstatement Date
of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07 will be made as though the covenants described under Section 4.07 had been in effect since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly,
Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.07(a). 
 (d) During any period when the Suspended Covenants are suspended, the Board of Directors of the Company may not designate any of the Company’s Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to
this Indenture. 
 (e) The Company shall, upon the occurrence or termination of a Suspension Period, notify the Trustee in
writing (upon which the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely) of the occurrence or termination of a Suspension Period, referencing this Section 4.16 of the Indenture. The Trustee shall have no independent obligation to determine if a
Suspension Period has commenced or terminated or to notify Holders regarding the same. 
 ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS 
 Section 5.01
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of All or Substantially All Assets. 
 (a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge
with or into or wind up into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or 

  
 -65-

 
otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 

(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) is a Person (other than an
individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia; 
 (2) the Successor Company (if other than the Company) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture and assumes by written
agreement all of the obligations of the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (3) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 
 (4)
immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction and any related financing transactions, as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period, 

(A) the Successor Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
Section 4.09(a), or 
 (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio for the Successor Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transactions; 
 (5) each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions described above, in which case clause (1) of Section 5.01(b) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that
its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Successor Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes and shall have by written agreement confirmed that its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement shall continue to be in effect;
and 
 (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition, and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture. 
 (b) Notwithstanding clauses (3) and (4) of Section 5.01(a), 
 (1) any Restricted Subsidiary may consolidate with, merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company so long as no Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary is
distributed to any Person other than the Company; provided that, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that merges into the Company, the Company will not be required to comply with Section 5.01(a)(6); 

(2) the Company may merge with an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in
another state or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby; and 

(3) any Non-Guarantor Subsidiary may consolidate with or merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets
to the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor. 

  
 -66-

 (c) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture governing release of a Note
Guarantee upon the sale, disposition or transfer of a Guarantor, no Guarantor will, and the Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving
corporation), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, in one or more related transactions, to any Person (other than to the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor)
unless: 
 (1) (A) if such entity remains a Guarantor, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
“Successor Guarantor”) is a Person (other than an individual) organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any state or territory thereof, or the District of Columbia; 

(B) the Successor Guarantor, if other than such Guarantor, expressly assumes all the obligations of such Guarantor under
this Indenture, the Notes and such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and assumes by written agreement all the obligations of such
Guarantor under the Registration Rights Agreement; 
 (C) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 
 (D) the Company will have delivered to
the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, winding up or disposition and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture; and 

(2) if the transaction constitutes an Asset Disposition, such transaction is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it
being understood that only such portion of the Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on the date of such transaction in accordance with the terms of this Indenture needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time). 

(d) Subject to certain limitations described in this Indenture, the Successor Guarantor will succeed to, and be substituted for, such
Guarantor under this Indenture and the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantor may merge with or into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to a Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company or
merge with a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Subsidiary Guarantor in a state or territory of the United States of America or the District of Columbia, as long as the amount of Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary Guarantor and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 (e) For purposes of this Section 5.01,
the sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such
Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, will be deemed to be the disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. 

(f) The Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, will be released from its obligations under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee, as
the case may be, and the Successor Company and the Successor Guarantor, as the case may be, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or a Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture, the
Notes, the Registration Rights Agreement and such Note Guarantee; provided that, in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets, the Company will not be released from the obligation to pay the

  
 -67-

 
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and a Guarantor will not be released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 

Section 5.02 Successor Entity Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with
Section 5.01, the successor Person, formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company or a Guarantor, as applicable, is merged or wound up or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made
shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, winding up, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the Company or such Guarantor, as
applicable, shall refer instead to the successor entity and not to the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable), and may exercise every right and power of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, under this Indenture with the same effect as if
such successor Person had been named as the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, herein. 
 ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

Section 6.01 Events of Default. 
 (a) Each of the following is an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days; 
 (2) default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, on any Note when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; 

(3) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 5.01; 

(4) failure by the Company or any Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice as provided below with its other agreements
contained in this Indenture or the Notes; 
 (5) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which
there is issued or by which there is secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), other
than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, which default: 

(A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the
expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness (“payment default”); or 
 (B)
results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its maturity (the “cross acceleration provision”); 

  
 -68-

 and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the
principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a payment default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $50,000,000 or more; provided that in connection with any series of the Convertible
Notes, (a) any conversion of such Indebtedness by a holder thereof into shares of Common Stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock, (b) the rights of holders of such Indebtedness to convert into shares of Common
Stock, cash or a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock and (c) the rights of holders of such Indebtedness to require any repurchase by the Company of such Indebtedness in cash upon a fundamental change shall not, in itself, constitute
an Event of Default under this clause (5); 
 (6) failure by the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary to pay final judgments aggregating in
excess of $50,000,000 (net of any amounts that a reputable and creditworthy insurance company has acknowledged liability for in writing), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or more after such judgment becomes
final (the “judgment default provision”); 
 (7) the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the
meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) commences proceedings to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent; 

(B) consents to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or
answer or consent seeking an arrangement of debt, reorganization, dissolution, winding up or relief under applicable Bankruptcy Law; 
 (C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of it or for all or substantially all of its
property; 
 (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or 

(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 

(8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(A) is for relief against the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken
together (as of the date of the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in a proceeding in which the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, is to be adjudicated bankrupt
or insolvent; 
 (B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of 

  
 -69-

 
the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of
the Company, any Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a
Significant Subsidiary; or 
 (C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, any
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days; or 

(9) any Note Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or is
declared null and void in a judicial proceeding or any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiary Guarantors that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary denies or disaffirms its obligations under this Indenture or its Note Guarantee. 
 However, a default under clause (4) of this Section 6.01(a) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
notify the Company of the default and the Company does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (4) of this Section 6.01(a) after receipt of such notice. 

(b) In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an Event of Default described in clause (5) of
Section 6.01(a) has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically annulled if: 
 (1) the default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) of Section 6.01(a) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the holders of the
relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto; and 
 (2) (A)
the annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (B) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes
that became due solely because of the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived. 
 Section 6.02 Acceleration.

 (a) If any Event of Default (other an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01(a))
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, in either case, by notice to the Company, may declare the principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. 
 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, in case an Event of Default under
clause (7) or (8) of Section 6.01(a) occurs and is continuing, the principal, premium, if any, and accrued or unpaid interest, if any, on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without declaration or other act on
the part of the Trustee or any Holders. 

  
 -70-

 (c) The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, by written
notice to the Trustee, may on behalf of all Holders rescind an acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and
(2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived. 

Section 6.03 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Section 6.04
Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 Subject to Section 9.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may on behalf of all Holders waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest
on any Note held by a non-consenting Holder (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer), provided that, subject to Section 6.02, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then
outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall
be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 Section 6.05 Control by Majority. 
 The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may
refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law, this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee or that the Trustee determines in good faith is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in
personal liability. 
 Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits. 
 Subject to Section 6.07, no Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 

(1) such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing; 

(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the
remedy; 

  
 -71-

 (3) such Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory
to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (4) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt thereof and the offer of security or indemnity; and 
 (5) the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on its Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed or
provided for in such Note (including in connection with an Asset Disposition Offer or a Change of Control Offer), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without
the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its
own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company and any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, together with interest on overdue principal and, to
the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

 Section 6.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. 
 If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined
adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceedings, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding has been instituted. 
 Section 6.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. 
 Except as otherwise
provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.07, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other
right or remedy, and every right and remedy are, to the extent permitted by law, cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of
any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

  
 -72-

 Section 6.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be
deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 6.12 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

 The Trustee may file proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any
other obligor upon the Notes, including the Guarantors), its creditors or its property and is entitled and empowered to participate as a member in any official committee of creditors appointed in such matter and to collect, receive and distribute
any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims. Any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under
Section 7.07. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 out of the estate in any such
proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such
proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 6.13 Priorities. 
 If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order: 

(1) to the Trustee and its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07, including payment of all
reasonable compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 (2) to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the
Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and 
 (3) to the Company or to such party as a
court of competent jurisdiction shall direct, including a Guarantor, if applicable. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for
any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this Section 6.13, the Trustee shall cause notice of such record date and payment date to be given to the Company and to each Holder in
the manner set forth in Section 14.02. 

  
 -73-

 Section 6.14 Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder
pursuant to Section 6.07, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the
conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are
specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (1) this
paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01; 
 (2) the Trustee shall not
be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved in a court of competent jurisdiction that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with
a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05. 
 (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision
of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01. 

  
 -74-

 (e) Subject to this Article 7, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless the Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security
satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for
interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated
in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an
Opinion of Counsel or both subject to the other provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the
misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action
it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such
Guarantor. 
 (f) None of the provisions of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise to incur any liability, financial or otherwise, in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or
indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not assured to it. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have
notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references
the existence of a Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (h) In no event shall the Trustee be
responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and
regardless of the form of action. 
 (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee,
including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the 

  
 -75-

 
Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders to determine whether the Additional Interest is payable and the amount thereof. 

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its powers and duties hereunder.

 (l) Delivery of reports, information and documents described in this Indenture, including without limitation in
Section 4.03, to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including
the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on Officer’s Certificates). The Trustee is under no duty to examine such reports, information or documents to ensure
compliance with the provision of this Indenture or to ascertain the correctness or otherwise of the information or the statements contained therein. 
 (m) The Trustee shall have no duty to monitor or investigate the Company’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture. 

Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee or any Agent in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee or such Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act Section 310(b) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC
for permission to continue as trustee (if this Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds
from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and
it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes.

 Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults. 
 If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder a notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of an Event of
Default specified in clauses (1) or (2) of Section 6.01(a), the Trustee may withhold from the Holders notice of any continuing Default if the Trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in the interest of the
Holders. 

  
 -76-

 Section 7.06 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 

(a) Within 60 days after each May 20, beginning with the May 20 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes
remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a) (but if no event described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a)
has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by
Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c). 
 (b) A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed
to the Company and filed with the SEC and each national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d) (to the extent such listing is known to the Trustee). The Company shall promptly
notify the Trustee in writing in the event the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange. 
 Section 7.07 Compensation and
Indemnity. 
 (a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its acceptance of this
Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee
promptly upon written request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the
Trustee’s agents and counsel. The Trustee shall provide the Company reasonable notice of any expenditure not in the ordinary course of business. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall indemnify the Trustee for, and hold each of the Trustee harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claims, liability or expense (including
attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder (including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any
Guarantor (including this Section 7.07)) or defending itself against any claim whether asserted by any Holder, the Company or any Guarantor, or liability in connection with the acceptance, exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties
hereunder). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor shall
defend the claim and the Trustee will cooperate in the defense. To the extent there exists a conflict of interest, the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not
reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. 
 (c) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors
under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 (d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company and the Guarantors in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the
Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture. 

  
 -77-

 (e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified
in Section 6.01(a)(7) or (8) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 

Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this
Section 7.08. The Trustee may resign in writing at any time by giving 30 days’ prior notice of such resignation to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if: 

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10; 

(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under
any Bankruptcy Law; 
 (3) a receiver or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

(b) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the successor Trustee to replace it with another successor
Trustee appointed by the Company. 
 (c) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee
resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee (at the Company’s expense), the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of a successor Trustee. 
 (d) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six
months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

(e) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and such transfer shall be subject to the Lien provided
for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 

(f) As used in this Section 7.08, the term “Trustee” shall also include each Agent. 

  
 -78-

 Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. 

Any business entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from
any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, without the
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, subject to Section 7.10. 
 Section 7.10
Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 (a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or national
banking association organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal
or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 
 (b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of Trust Indenture Act Sections 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act
Section 310(b). 
 Section 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. 

The Trustee is subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in Trust Indenture Act
Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 applied to all outstanding
Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 
 Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

 (a) Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company
and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Note Guarantees on the date the conditions set
forth below are satisfied (“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall
thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations under such Notes
and this Indenture, including that of the Guarantors (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise
terminated or discharged hereunder: 

  
 -79-

 (1) the rights of Holders to receive payments in respect of the principal
of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes when such payments are due, solely out of the trust referred to in Section 8.04; 
 (2) the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or
agency for payment and money for Note payments held in trust; 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and
immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith; and 
 (4) this
Section 8.02. 
 (b) Following the Company’s exercise of its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes may not be
accelerated because of an Event of Default. 
 (c) Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its
option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03. 
 Section 8.03 Covenant
Defeasance. 
 Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
the Company and the Guarantors shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 3.09, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10,
4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.16 and clause (4) of Section 5.01(a) with respect to the outstanding Notes, and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Note Guarantees, on and
after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 are satisfied (“Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or
declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed
outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to this Indenture and the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or
limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and
such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(a)(3) (only with respect to the failure of the Company to comply
with clause (4) of Section 5.01(a)), 6.01(a)(4) (only with respect to covenants that are released as a result of such Covenant Defeasance), 6.01(a)(5), 6.01(a)(6), 6.01(a)(7) (solely with respect to Significant Subsidiaries or any group of
Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) and 6.01(a)(8) (solely with respect to
Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the date of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries) would constitute a Significant Subsidiary),
in each case shall not constitute Events of Default. 

  
 -80-

 Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

(a) The following shall be the conditions to the exercise of either the Legal Defeasance option under Section 8.02 or the Covenant
Defeasance option under Section 8.03 with respect to the Notes: 
 (1) the Company must irrevocably deposit
with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor, without consideration of any
reinvestment of interest, to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest due on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether the Notes are
being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date; 
 (2) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the
Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that, subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, 
 (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or 
 (B) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax law, 
 in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel will confirm that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such
Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

(3) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel confirming that,
subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(4) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default
under any material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound; 

(5) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or an
Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to make such deposit and any similar and simultaneous deposit relating to other Indebtedness and, in each case, the granting of Liens in connection therewith); 

(6) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that as of the date of such
certificate and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, including that no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the
Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be 

  
 -81-

 
subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; 

(7) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any creditors of the Company, any Guarantor or others; 
 (8) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions), each stating that
all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with; and 
 (9) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be (which
instructions may be contained in the Officer’s Certificate referred to in clause (8) above). 
 Section 8.05 Deposited Money
and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 (a) Subject to Section 8.06, all money
and Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or a Guarantor acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of
principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (b) The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 or the
principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders. 
 (c) Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any money or Government Securities held by
it as provided in Section 8.04 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under
Section 8.04(a)), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 Section 8.06 Repayment to the Company. 
 Subject to any applicable
abandoned property law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter look only to the
Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 

  
 -82-

 Section 8.07 Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or
Section 8.03, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under
this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money in accordance with Section 8.02 or Section 8.03, as the case may be; provided that, if the Company makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 

Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders. 
 (a) Notwithstanding Section 9.02, without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees to:

 (1) cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 

(2) provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this
Indenture or the Note Guarantees in accordance with Sections 5.01 and 5.02; 
 (3) provide for or facilitate the
issuance of uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; 
 (4) comply with the rules
of any applicable Depositary; 
 (5) add Guarantors with respect to the Notes or release a Guarantor from its
obligations under its Note Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture; 
 (6) secure the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (7) add covenants
of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries or Events of Default for the benefit of Holders or to make changes that would provide additional rights to the Holders, or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor;

 (8) make any change that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

 (9) comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with any required qualification of this Indenture
under the Trust Indenture Act; 
 (10) evidence and provide for the acceptance of an appointment under this
Indenture of a successor Trustee; provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; 

  
 -83-

 (11) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes (if Incurred in compliance
with this Indenture) and Exchange Notes or private exchange notes (which shall be identical to Exchange Notes except that they shall not be freely transferable) and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Notes, as a single class of
securities; 
 (12) conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees to any provision of the
“Description of notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in such “Description of notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note
Guarantees, which intent may be evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate to that effect; or 
 (13) make any
amendment to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the transfer and legending of Notes as permitted by this Indenture, including, without limitation, to facilitate the issuance and administration of the Notes or Exchange Notes or, if Incurred
in compliance with this Indenture, Additional Notes; provided, however, that (A) compliance with this Indenture as so amended would not result in Notes being transferred in violation of the Securities Act or any applicable
securities law and (B) such amendment does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Holders to transfer Notes. 

(b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 14.04, the Trustee shall
join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained,
but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Opinion of Counsel shall be required
in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as Exhibit C, and delivery of an
Officer’s Certificate, except as provided in Section 5.01(c). 
 Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders. 

(a) Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this
Indenture, the Notes and any Note Guarantee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) then outstanding voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents
obtained in connection with a purchase, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), and, subject to Section 6.04 and Section 6.07, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Note Guarantees may be waived with the
consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with the purchase of, or tender offer or
exchange offer for, Notes). Section 2.08 and Section 2.09 shall determine which Notes are considered to be “outstanding” for the purposes of this Section 9.02. 

(b) Upon the request of the Company, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the
Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 and Section 14.04, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture
unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under 

  
 -84-

 
this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. 

(c) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, supplement or waiver. It shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 (d) After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such
notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 (e) Without the consent of each affected Holder, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 

(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

(2) reduce the stated rate of interest or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any Note; 

(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 

(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (except
a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes with respect to a nonpayment default and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
 (5) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption or repurchase of any Note or change the time
at which any Note may be redeemed or repurchased as described in Section 3.07, Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise (except amendments to the
definition of “Change of Control”); 
 (6) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
Note; 
 (7) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

 (9) modify the Note Guarantees in any manner adverse to the Holders. 

(f) A consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver of this Indenture, the Notes or any Note Guarantee by any Holder given in connection
with a tender of such Holder’s Notes will not be rendered invalid by such tender. 

  
 -85-

 Section 9.03 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect. 
 Section 9.04 Revocation
and Effect of Consents. 
 (a) Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a
Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any
such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder. 
 (b) The Company may, but shall not be
obligated to, fix a record date pursuant to Section 1.05 for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.05 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 (a) The Trustee may
place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that
reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 (b) Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not
affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 9.06 Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment, supplement or waiver
does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. In executing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 14.04, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 

ARTICLE 10 

[RESERVED] 

ARTICLE 11 

GUARANTEES 
 Section 11.01
Guarantee. 
 (a) Subject to this Article 11, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the

  
 -86-

 
Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that: (1) the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at
Stated Maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes shall
be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly paid in full
when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment by the Company when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for
whatever reason, the Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection. 

(b) The Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or
enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to
enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event
of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Note Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the
obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture, or pursuant to Section 11.06. 
 (c) Each Guarantor also agrees,
jointly and severally, to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01. 

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian,
trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Note Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and
effect. 
 (e) Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in
respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the
maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Note Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations
guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose
of this Note Guarantee. The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantees. 

(f) Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the
Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall,
to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored
or returned by any obligee on the Notes or the Note Guarantees, whether as a 

  
 -87-

 
“voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment or any part thereof, is
rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 

(g) In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (h) Each payment to be made by a Guarantor in
respect of its Note Guarantee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any kind or nature. 
 Section 11.02
Limitation on Guarantor Liability. 
 Each Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it
is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent conveyance or a fraudulent transfer for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act
or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Note Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Guarantor shall be limited to the maximum
amount as will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or
payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article 11, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or
fraudulent transfer under applicable law. Each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Note Guarantee shall be entitled upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations under this Indenture to a contribution from each other Guarantor in an amount
equal to such other Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment determined in accordance with GAAP. 

Section 11.03 Execution and Delivery. 
 (a) To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01, each Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by an Officer or person holding an
equivalent title. 
 (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 11.01 shall remain in
full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement of any notation of such Note Guarantee on the Notes. 
 (c)
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless. 
 (d) The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 (e) If required by Section 4.15, the Company shall cause any newly created or acquired Restricted Subsidiary to comply
with the provisions of Section 4.15 and this Article 11, to the extent applicable. 

  
 -88-

 Section 11.04 Subrogation. 

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant
to the provisions of Section 11.01; provided that, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until
all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full. 
 Section 11.05
Benefits Acknowledged. 
 Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing
arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that the guarantee and waivers made by it pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 
 Section 11.06 Release of Note Guarantees. 
 (a) A Note Guarantee by a
Guarantor shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, and no further action by such Guarantor, the Company or the Trustee shall be required for the release of such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, upon: 

(1) (A) any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, exchange or other disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise)
of the Capital Stock of such Guarantor after which the applicable Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such disposition is made in compliance with Section 4.10 (it being understood that only such portion of the
Net Available Cash as is required to be applied on or before the date of such release in accordance with Section 4.10 needs to be applied in accordance therewith at such time) and Section 5.01(c); 

(B) the release or discharge of such Guarantor from its Guarantee of Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries under the Senior Credit Facility (including by reason of the termination of the Senior Credit Facility), except a discharge or release by or as a result of payment under such Guarantee; 

(C) the proper designation of any Subsidiary Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; or 

(D) the Company exercising its Legal Defeasance option or Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with Article 8 or the
Company’s obligations under this Indenture being discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and 
 (2) such Guarantor delivering to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to such transaction
or release have been complied with. 
 (b) At the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver any
documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Note Guarantee. 

  
 -89-

 ARTICLE 12 
 [RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE 13 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 13.01 Satisfaction and Discharge. 
 (a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes when either: 
 (1) all Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to
the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or 
 (2) (A) all Notes not theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the giving of a notice of redemption or otherwise, will become due and payable within one year under arrangement satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice
of redemption by the Trustee or may be called for redemption within one year in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in
trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, without
consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or
redemption; 
 (B) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or
will occur as a result of the deposit (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) and the deposit will not result in a breach or
violation of, or constitute a default under, the Senior Credit Facility or any other material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is
bound; 
 (C) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and

 (D) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the
payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be. 
 (b) In addition, the Company must deliver an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which Opinion of Counsel may be subject to customary assumptions and exclusions) to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (A) of clause (2) of Section 13.01(a), the provisions of Section 13.02 and
Section 8.06 shall survive. 

  
 -90-

 Section 13.02 Application of Trust Money. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 13.01 shall be held in
trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the
Persons entitled thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

(b) If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 13.01 by reason
of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture, the
Notes and the Note Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 13.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Notes because
of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent, as the case may be. 

ARTICLE 14 

MISCELLANEOUS 

Section 14.01 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by Trust Indenture Act Section 318(c) in respect of Sections of the Trust Indenture Act that are incorporated
by reference in this Indenture pursuant to Section 1.04, the imposed duties shall control. 
 Section 14.02 Notices.

 (a) Any notice or communication to the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee is duly given if in writing and
(1) delivered in person, (2) mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested), postage prepaid, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery or (3) sent by facsimile or electronic transmission,
to its address: 
 if to the Company or any Guarantor: 
 c/o CoreLogic, Inc. 
 4 First American Way 

Santa Ana, CA 92707 
 Fax No.: (714) 250 - 6917 
 Email: ttheologides@corelogic.com 

Attention: Terry Theologides, General Counsel 
 with a copy to: 
 Latham & Watkins LLP 

885 Third Avenue 

New York, New York 10022 
 Fax No: (212) 751 - 4864 
 Email: greg.rodgers@lw.com 

Attention: Gregory P. Rodgers 

  
 -91-

 if to the Trustee: 
 Wilmington Trust FSB 
 246 Goose Lane, Suite 105 

Guilford, CT 06437 
 Fax No.: (203) 453 - 1183 
 Email: jodonnell@wilmingtontrust.com 

Attention: Joseph P. O’Donnell 
 The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by like notice, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 

(b) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by
hand, if personally delivered; on the first date of which publication is made, if by publication; upon being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed by first-class mail; the first date on which delivery to the courier is made, if mailed by
overnight air courier; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile or electronic transmission. 
 (c) Any notice or
communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first-class mail (certified or registered, return receipt requested) or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the Note Register or by such other delivery system
as the Trustee agrees to accept. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), to the extent required by the Trust Indenture Act. Failure to mail a notice or communication to
a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 
 (d) Where this Indenture
provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be
filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (e) Where this Indenture provides for notice of any event to a Holder of a Global Note, such notice shall be sufficiently given if given to the Depositary for such Note (or its designee), pursuant to the
applicable procedures of such Depositary, if any, prescribed for the giving of such notice. 
 (f) The Trustee agrees to accept
and act upon notice, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured facsimile or electronic transmission; provided, however, that (1) the party providing such written notice, instructions or directions,
subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed instructions or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner, and (2) such originally executed notice, instructions or directions shall be signed by
an authorized representative of the party providing such notice, instructions or directions. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reasonable reliance upon and
compliance with such notice, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notice, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent notice, instructions or directions. 

(g) If a notice or communication is sent in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the
addressee receives it. 
 (h) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and
each Agent at the same time. 

  
 -92-

 Section 14.03 Communication by Holders with Other Holders. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to Trust Indenture Act Section 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of Trust Indenture Act Section 312(c). 
 Section 14.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company, shall furnish to the
Trustee: 
 (1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which
shall include the statements set forth in Section 14.05) stating that, in the opinion of the signer(s), all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and

 (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include
the statements set forth in Section 14.05) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants, if any, have been satisfied; provided that (A) subject to Section 5.01(c), no Opinion of
Counsel shall be required in connection with the addition of a Guarantor under this Indenture upon execution and delivery by such Guarantor and the Trustee of a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, the form of which is attached as
Exhibit C and (B) no Opinion of Counsel pursuant to this Section shall be required in connection with the issuance of Notes on the Issue Date. 
 Section 14.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.04 or Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a)(4)) shall include: 

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or
she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied (and, in the case of an Opinion of Counsel, may be limited to
reliance on an Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact); and 
 (4) a statement as to whether or not, in
the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 
 Section 14.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents.

 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make
reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 

  
 -93-

 Section 14.07 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Members, Partners and
Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, member, partner or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor (in each case, as such) shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Note Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. 
 Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 Section 14.08 Governing Law. 

THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND ANY NOTE GUARANTEE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 Section 14.09 Waiver of Jury Trial. 
 EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 Section 14.10 Force
Majeure. 
 In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its
obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances,
nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software or hardware) services; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent
with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances. 
 Section 14.11
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 Section 14.12 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture shall bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in
Section 11.06. 
 Section 14.13 Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby. 

  
 -94-

 Section 14.14 Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. 
 Section 14.15 Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 Section 14.16 Facsimile and PDF Delivery of Signature Pages. 
 The
exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or portable document format (“PDF”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in
lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or PDF shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes. 
 Section 14.17 U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 
 The parties hereto acknowledge that
in accordance with Section 326 of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act, the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person or legal entity that establishes a relationship or opens an account with the Trustee. The
parties to this Indenture agree that they will provide the Trustee with such information as it may request in order for the Trustee to satisfy the requirements of the U.S.A. PATRIOT Act. 
 Section 14.18 Payments Due on Non-Business Days. 
 In any case where
any Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest on the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, redemption date or repurchase date, or at the Stated Maturity of the
Notes, provided that no interest will accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, redemption date, repurchase date or Stated Maturity, as the case may be. 

[Signatures on following page] 

  
 -95-

 
					
	CORELOGIC, INC.
		
	By: 	 	/s/ David Hayes
		 	Name: 	 	David Hayes
		 	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature page to Indenture for 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021] 

 
			
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
 Atone Acquisition Corporation

Atone Software, Inc.
 Basis100
Corporation
 CoreLogic CMSI, Inc.

CoreLogic Consumer Services, Inc.
 CoreLogic
Credco, LLC
 CoreLogic Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
 CoreLogic Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
 CoreLogic Default Information Services,
LLC
 CoreLogic Flood Services, LLC

CoreLogic Information Solutions Holdings, Inc.

CoreLogic Information Solutions, Inc.
 CoreLogic
Jenark, Inc.
 CoreLogic Locate, Inc.

CoreLogic National Background Data, LLC

CoreLogic National Data Registry, LLC
 CoreLogic
Proxix Solutions, Inc.
 CoreLogic Public Records, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Information
Services, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Solutions, LLC
 CoreLogic SafeRent, Inc.
 CoreLogic Supply Chain Security, LLC

CoreLogic Tax Services, LLC
 Teletrack, Inc.
f/k/a CoreLogic Teletrack, Inc.
 CoreLogic US, Inc.
 CoreLogic Valuation Services, LLC
 CreditReportPlus, LLC

Data Tree LLC
 LeadClick Media, Inc.

Marketlinx, Inc.
 Multifamily Community Insurance
Agency, Inc.
 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
 Statistics Data, Inc.

CoreLogic Dorado Corporation
 CoreLogic Holdings
II, Inc.
 CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.

Texas HoldCo LLC
 CoreLogic Services,
LLC
  
 as Guarantors

		
	By	 	/s/ David Hayes
	 Name: David Hayes

Title: Treasurer

 [Signature page to Indenture for 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021] 

 
			
	 WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee

		
	By:	 	/s/ Joseph O’Donnell
		 	 Name: Joseph P. O’Donnell
 Title: Vice President

 [Signature page to Indenture for
7.25% Senior Notes due 2021] 

 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES, AND 
 ADDITIONAL NOTES AND EXCHANGE NOTES

 Section 1.1 Definitions. 
 (a) Capitalized Terms. 
 Capitalized terms used but not defined in this
Appendix A have the meanings given to them in this Indenture. The following capitalized terms have the following meanings: 

“Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial
interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time. 

“Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

 “Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days
beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company
to the Trustee, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.Y., as operator of Euroclear systems Clearance System or any successor
securities clearing agency. 
 “IAI” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as
described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and is not a QIB. 
 “QIB”
means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S
promulgated under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act. 

“Unrestricted Global Note” means any Note in global form that does not bear or is not required to bear the Restricted
Notes Legend. 
 “U.S. person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S. 

(b) Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term:
	  	Defined in Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(c)
	 “Definitive Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “IAI Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)

			
	 “Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	2.3(e)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	2.1(a)

 Section 2.1 Form and
Dating 
 (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof shall be (i) offered and sold by the Company to the
Initial Purchasers and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A (“Rule 144A Notes”) and (2) Persons other than U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S
Notes”). All Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and, except as set forth below, IAIs. Additional Notes may also be considered to be Rule 144A Notes or Regulation S Notes, as
applicable. 
 (b) Global Notes. Rule 144A Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent
global Notes in definitive, fully registered form, numbered RA-1 upward (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Regulation S Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more global Notes, numbered RS-1
upward (collectively, the “Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and Restricted Notes Legend, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes
represented thereby with the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in the Indenture. One or more global Notes in definitive,
fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the Global Notes Legend and the Restricted Notes Legend, numbered RIAI-1 upward (collectively, the “IAI Global Note”) shall also be issued on the Issue Date, deposited with
the Custodian, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture to accommodate transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes to
IAIs subsequent to the initial distribution. Beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note or any Note without a Restricted Notes
Legend until the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. The Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Regulation S Global Note and any Unrestricted Global Note are each referred to herein as a “Global
Note” and are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes.” Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified in the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note”
attached thereto and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be
reduced or increased, as applicable, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by
the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 of the Indenture and Section 2.3(c) of this Appendix A. 

(c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the
Depositary. 
 The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c) and Section 2.2
of this Appendix A and pursuant to an order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company, authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or
Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary and 

  
 2 

 
(ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depositary or pursuant to such Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under the Indenture with respect
to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of
such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note. 
 (d) Definitive Notes. Except as provided in Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 of this Appendix A, owners of
beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
 Section 2.2
Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon a written order of the Company signed by one Officer of the Company (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal
amount of $400,000,000, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and for a like principal amount of
Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto and (d) any other Unrestricted Global Notes issued in exchange for any of the foregoing in accordance with this Indenture. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated, the date
on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes , Exchange Notes or other Unrestricted Global Notes. 
 Section 2.3 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a) Transfer and Exchange
of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request: 
 (i) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

(ii) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other authorized
denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such
transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 
 (1) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney
duly authorized in writing; and 
 (2) in the case of Transfer Restricted Notes, they are being transferred
or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) of this Appendix A or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional
information and documents, as applicable: 

  
 3 

 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a
Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 

(B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form set
forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note); or 
 (C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred
pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or in reliance upon another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (x) a certification
to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) and (y) if the Trustee or Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set
forth in the applicable legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i) of this Appendix A. 
 (b) Restrictions on Transfer
of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a
Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, together with: 

(i) (A) certification (in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Initial Note) that such Definitive Note is
being transferred (1) to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB and in accordance with Rule 144A, (2) to an IAI that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B or
(3) outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act or (B) such other certification and opinion of counsel as the Company shall
require; and 
 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make,
an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Global Note to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Global Note, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account
to be credited with such increase, 
 the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance
with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Global Note to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be
exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Global Notes are then
outstanding, the Company may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein
shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note
shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in such Global Note, or
another Global Note and such account shall be credited in accordance with such order with a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note and the account of the Person making the transfer shall be debited

  
 4 

 
by an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. Transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note to a transferee
who takes delivery of such interest through a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, shall be made only upon receipt by the Trustee of a certification in the form provided on the
reverse side of the Initial Notes from the transferor to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Regulation S, Rule 144 (if available), or another applicable exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and that, if
such transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the interest transferred shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in either a
Regulation S Global Note (to the extent provided in Section 2.3(d) of this Appendix A) or a Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in an IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of
Exhibit B to the Trustee. 
 (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial
interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an
amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being
transferred. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A (other than the provisions set
forth in Section 2.4 of this Appendix A), a Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole and not in part by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the
Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. 
 (d)
Restrictions on Transfer of Regulation S Global Note. (i) During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or
Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (1) to the Company or its Subsidiaries, (2) so long as such Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person whom the selling holder reasonably believes
is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB and to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (3) in an offer and sale to non-U.S. persons that occur outside
the United States within the meaning of Regulation S, (4) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) or another available exemption, (5) to an IAI purchasing for its own
account, or for the account of an IAI, in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or
(6) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period, transfers by an owner of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the
Applicable Procedures and upon receipt by the Trustee of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such transfer is being made to
(x) a Person who the transferor reasonably believes is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A or (y) an IAI purchasing for its own account, or for the account of such an IAI, in a
minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000. Such written certification shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. In the case of a transfer of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global
Note for an interest in the IAI Global Note, the transferee must furnish a signed letter substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trustee. 

  
 5 

 (ii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial
ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture. 
 (iii) Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note upon
certification in the form provided on the reverse side of the Initial Notes to the effect that such beneficial interests are owned either (A) by non-U.S. persons (who are not dealers, as defined in the Securities Act) or (B) by U.S.
persons (who are not dealers, as defined in the Securities Act) who purchased those interests pursuant to an exemption from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act or (C) by dealers (as defined in
the Securities Act) where such beneficial interests do not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes. If no such Regulation S Global Note that is an Unrestricted Global Note is then
outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate, a new Global Note in the appropriate principal amount. 

(e) Legends. 
 (i) Except as permitted by this Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix A, each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in
substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only) (“Restricted Notes Legend”): 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS
SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, SUCH REGISTRATION. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES, TO OFFER, SELL OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) THAT IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF, THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THE
ISSUANCE OF ANY ADDITIONAL NOTES AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY),] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE
LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S] ONLY
(A) TO THE COMPANY OR A SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A 

  
 6 

 
PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND
TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL
“ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS NOT A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER AND THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF ANOTHER
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR, IN EACH CASE IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH, ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES
ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D),
(E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.
[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.] 
 BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE
DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT EITHER (1) NO PORTION OF THE ASSETS USED BY SUCH HOLDER TO ACQUIRE OR HOLD THIS SECURITY CONSTITUTES THE ASSETS OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT
INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), OF A PLAN, INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ACCOUNT OR OTHER ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”) OR PROVISIONS
UNDER ANY OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO SUCH PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAWS”), OR OF AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE CONSIDERED TO INCLUDE “PLAN
ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLAN, ACCOUNT OR ARRANGEMENT OR (2) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A SIMILAR VIOLATION
UNDER ANY APPLICABLE SIMILAR LAWS. 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Definitive Notes
Legend”): 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH
CERTIFICATES AND OTHER 

  
 7 

 
INFORMATION AS SUCH REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

Each Global Note shall bear the following additional legend (“Global Notes Legend”): 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION
(“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS
WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 (ii) Upon
any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and the
Definitive Notes Legend and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to
be in the form set forth on the reverse side of the Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or
Additional Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Additional Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes or
Additional Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes or Additional Notes pursuant to which Holders of such Initial Notes or Additional Notes are offered Exchange Notes in
exchange for their Initial Notes or Additional Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes or Additional Notes that Initial Notes or Additional Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without
the Restricted Notes Legend shall be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes or Additional Notes in such Exchange Offer. 
 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period of any Initial Note or Additional Note acquired pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial
Note or Additional Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the 

  
 8 

 
requirements requiring any such Initial Note or Additional Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 

(vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend.

 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either
been exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned by the Depositary to the Trustee for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such
cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes, transferred in exchange for an interest in another Global Note, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global
Note shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

 (g) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 

(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate,
Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made for
any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes, assessments
or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered
as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or
the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or
exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

(v) In order to effect any transfer or exchange of an interest in any Transfer Restricted Note for an interest in a Note
that does not bear the Restricted Notes Legend and has not been registered under the Securities Act, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to
the effect that such exchange or transfer complies with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act,
shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar. 
 (h) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or
a participant in the Depositary or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depositary or its nominee or of any participant or member 

  
 9 

 
thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depositary) of any notice
(including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or
made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depositary or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depositary subject to the applicable rules and
procedures of the Depositary. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depositary with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 

(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any
restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depositary participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 (i) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of
the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Indenture, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more
Global Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal
such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certification as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for
exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Restricted Notes Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Restricted Notes Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain
outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. 

Section 2.4 Definitive Notes. 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depositary or with the Trustee as Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 or issued in connection with an Exchange Offer may be transferred to the beneficial
owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section 2.3 of this Appendix A and
(i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depositary for such Global Note or if at any time the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in each
case, a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depository or (iii) the Company,
in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the Depository, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to 

  
 10 

 
cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under the Indenture. In addition, any Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor that is a beneficial owner of all or part of a Global Note may have such
Affiliate’s beneficial interest transferred to such Affiliate in the form of a Definitive Note, by providing a written request to the Company and the Trustee, certificates or other information as may be required by the Indenture or the Company.

 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be
surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate
principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct. Any certificated Initial Note or Additional Note in the form of a Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Note shall, except as
otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) of this Appendix A, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (c) The registered
Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 (d) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii) of
this Appendix A, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in fully registered form without interest coupons. 

  
 11 

 EXHIBIT A 
 [FORM OF FACE OF NOTE] 
 [Insert the Restricted Notes Legend, if applicable,
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Global Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture] 
 [Insert the Definitive Notes Legend, if applicable, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture] 

  
 A-1

 CUSIP (144A) 21871DAA1; (Reg S) U20621AA3; (IAI) 21871DAB9 

ISIN (144A) US21871DAA19; (Reg S) USU20621AA32; (IAI) US21871DAB91 

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S][IAI][GLOBAL] NOTE 
 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 
  

			
	No. [RA-    ] [RS-    ] [RIAI-    ] [U-    ]	  	[Up to]1 [$                        ]

CORELOGIC, INC. 
 promises to pay to [CEDE & CO.]2 [                    ] or registered assigns the principal sum [set forth on the Schedule of
Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note attached
hereto]3 [of
$             (             Dollars)]4 on June 1, 2021. 
 Interest Payment Dates: June 1 and December 1 
 Record Dates: May 15 and
November 15 
  

	1 	 Include in Global Notes. 

	2 	 Include in Global Notes 

	3 	 Include in Global Notes 

	4 	 Include in Definitive Notes 

  
 A-2

 IN WITNESS HEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

Dated: 
  

			
	CORELOGIC, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
		 	 Name:

Title:

  
 A-3

 CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 
 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture: 
  

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Signatory

 Dated: 

  
 A-4

 [Reverse Side of Note] 

7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1. INTEREST. CoreLogic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on
the principal amount of this Note at 7.25% per annum from and including [May 20, 2011]5
[            ]6 until but excluding maturity [and shall pay
Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement referred to below]. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including [the date of
original issuance][May 20, 2011]; provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 1, 2011. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal
and premium, if any, at the rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest
(without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 

2. METHOD OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of
business on the May 15 or November 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, immediately preceding the related Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest
Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. Principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose or,
at the option of the Company, payment of interest and premium, if any, may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their respective addresses set forth in the Note Register; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available
funds shall be required with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent at least five Business
Days prior to the applicable payment date. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

3. PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Wilmington Trust FSB, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 4. INDENTURE. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of May 20, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among CoreLogic, Inc., the Guarantors named therein and the Trustee. This
Note is one of a duly authorized issue of notes of the Company designated as its 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.01 and 4.09 of the Indenture. The Notes and any
Additional Notes issued under the Indenture shall be treated as a single 
  

	5 	With respect to the Initial Notes. 

	6 	With respect to Notes other than the Initial Notes. Fill in appropriate date. 

  
 A-5

 
class of securities under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended (the “Trust Indenture Act”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. Any term used in this Note that is defined in the
Indenture shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Indenture. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 

5. REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE. The Notes are subject to optional redemption, and may be the subject of an Offer to Purchase, as further
described in the Indenture. The Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes. 
 6. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be
registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and Holders shall be required to pay any taxes
and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption or tendered for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset
Disposition Offer, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 

7. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

8. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Indenture, the Note Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented as provided in the
Indenture. 
 9. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES. The Events of Default relating to the Notes are defined in Section 6.01 of the
Indenture. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the rights and obligations of the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Holders shall be as set forth in the applicable provisions of the Indenture. 

10. AUTHENTICATION. This Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose until
authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. 
 11. ADDITIONAL RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF TRANSFER
RESTRICTED NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 20, 2011, among the Company, the
Guarantors named therein and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), including the right to receive Additional Interest.7 
 12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS NOTE WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 

 

	7 	 Include if the Notes have registration rights under the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  
 A-6

 13. CUSIP AND ISIN NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP and ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as
to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture and the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to the Company at the following address: 
 c/o CoreLogic, Inc. 

4 First American Way 
 Santa Ana, CA 92707 
 Fax No.: (714) 250-6917 

Email: ttheologides@corelogic.com 
 Attention: Terry Theologides, General Counsel 

  
 A-7

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
  

			
	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:	 	 
		 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

  

 
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec.
or tax I.D. no.) 
   

 
  

 
  

 
  

 
 (Print or type assignee’s
name, address and zip code) 

and irrevocably appoint____________________________________________________________________________________________ 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

Date:                      

 

			
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 Signature Guarantee*: ______________________ 
  

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-8

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 

REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 

The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depositary a Note or Notes in definitive,
registered form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above) in accordance with the Indenture; or 

 

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the applicable holding period
referred to in Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

							
				
		 	 (1)
	 	 ̈	 	to the Company or subsidiary thereof; or
				
		 	 (2)
	 	 ̈	 	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
				
		 	 (3)
	 	 ̈	 	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
				
		 	 (4)
	 	 ̈	 	to a Person that the undersigned reasonably believes is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A) that purchases for its own account or for the
account of a qualified institutional buyer and to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A; or
				
		 	 (5)
	 	 ̈	 	outside the United States of America in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act
(and if the transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the Notes shall be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream); or
				
		 	 (6)
	 	 ̈	 	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed
letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
				
		 	 (7)
	 	 ̈	 	pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any
Person other than the registered Holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Company or the Trustee may require, prior to 

  
 A-9

 
registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant
to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
  

					
	 	 	 	 	  
		 		 	Your Signature
			
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	Date:	 		 	  
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee	 		 	 Signature of Signature

Guarantor

 TO
BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this
Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to
it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is
aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

							
	Dated:                     	 		 	  
		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 A-10

 TO BE COMPLETED IF THE HOLDER REQUIRES AN EXCHANGE 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.3(d)(iii) OF APPENDIX A TO THE INDENTURE8 

The undersigned represents and warrants that either: 
  

	 ̈	the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a non-U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933);
or 

  

	 ̈	the undersigned is not a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and is a U.S. person (within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933) who
purchased interests in the Notes pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933; or 

 

	 ̈	the undersigned is a dealer (as defined in the Securities Act) and the interest of the undersigned in this Note does not constitute the whole or a part of an unsold
allotment to or subscription by such dealer for the Notes. 

  

							
				
	Dated:	 	  	 		 	  
		 		 		 	Signature

  

	8 	 Include only for Regulation S Global Notes. 

  
 A-11

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 of the Indenture, check the
appropriate box below: 
  ̈
Section 4.10             ̈ Section 4.14 
 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: 

$             
 Date:                          

 

			
		
	Your Signature:	 	 
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

			
	Tax Identification No.:	 	 

 Signature Guarantee*:
                                     

 

	*	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee). 

  
 A-12

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE* 

The initial outstanding principal amount of this Global Note is
$            . The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global or
Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made: 
  

									
	Date of
Exchange	  	Amount of
decrease
in Principal
Amount 
of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal
Amount of
this
Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase	  	Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee,
Depositary or
Custodian

 

	*	This schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  
 A-13

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION 

CoreLogic, Inc. 
 4 First American Way

 Santa Ana, CA 92707 
 Fax No.:
(714) 250-6917 
 Email: ttheologides@corelogic.com 
 Attention: Terry Theologides, General Counsel 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $            
principal amount of the 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”) of CoreLogic, Inc. (the “Company”). 
 Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 

Name:                        
             

Address:                       
          
 Taxpayer ID
Number:             
 The undersigned represents and
warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $250,000 principal amount
of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes, for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and
business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are
each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under
the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such
Notes prior to the date that is one year after the later of the date of original issue and the last date on which the Company or any affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction
Termination Date”) only (a) to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, (b) pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act, (c) in a transaction complying with the requirements of
Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”), to a person we reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer under Rule 144A (a “QIB”) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of
a QIB and to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (d) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States of America within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(e) to an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited
investor,” in each case in a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view 

  
 B-1

 
to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to any other available exemption from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act, subject in each of the foregoing cases to compliance with any applicable state securities laws. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other
transfer of the Notes is proposed to be made pursuant to clause (e) above prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Company and
the Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such
Notes for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Company and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction
Termination Date of the Notes pursuant to clause (d), (e) or (f) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee. 

 

			
	TRANSFEREE:                          
              ,
		
	by:	 	 
		 	

  
 B-2

 EXHIBIT C 
 FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 
 TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS

 Supplemental Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of
                 , 20     , among              (the
“Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary of CoreLogic, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington
Trust FSB, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 W I T N E S S E T H 

WHEREAS, each of the Company and the Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to below) has heretofore executed and delivered to
the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of May 20, 2011, providing for the issuance of an unlimited aggregate principal amount of 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Notes”); 

WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally Guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein and under the Indenture; and

 WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders as follows: 
 1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

2. Guarantor. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to be a Guarantor under the Indenture and to be bound by the terms of the
Indenture applicable to Guarantors, including Article 11 thereof. 
 3. No Recourse Against Others. No director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor (in each case, as such) will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantees or for any claim
based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not
be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws. 
 4. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties
may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. 

  
 C-1

 6. Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Indenture have been
inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first above
written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	WILMINGTON TRUST FSB, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 C-2Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 20, 2011, by and among CoreLogic, Inc

 Exhibit 4.2 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT dated
May 20, 2011 (this “Agreement”) is entered into by and among CoreLogic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the guarantors listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “Initial Guarantors”), and
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (“J.P. Morgan”), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc., U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc.,
Comerica Securities, Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. (the “Initial Purchasers”). 
 The Company, the
Initial Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers are parties to the Purchase Agreement dated May 13, 2011 (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of $400,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of the Company’s 7.25% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “Securities”) which will be guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis by each of the Guarantors. As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the
Purchase Agreement, the Company and the Initial Guarantors have agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement
is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement. 
 In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as
follows: 
 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 

“Additional Guarantor” shall mean any subsidiary of the Company that executes a Guarantee under the Indenture after the
date of this Agreement. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed. 
 “Company” shall
have the meaning set forth in the preamble and shall also include the Company’s successors. 
 “Exchange
Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 
 “Exchange Dates”
shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange
offer by the Company and the Guarantors of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 

 “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the
Securities Act effected pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall
mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form) and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part
thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Exchange Securities”
shall mean senior notes issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities (except that the Exchange Securities will not be subject to restrictions on transfer or to any increase
in annual interest rate for failure to comply with this Agreement) and to be offered in exchange for Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 
 “FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 

“Free Writing Prospectus” means each free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) prepared
by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company in connection with the sale of the Securities or the Exchange Securities. 
 “Guarantees” shall mean the guarantees of the Securities and guarantees of the Exchange Securities by the Guarantors under the Indenture. 

“Guarantors” shall mean the Initial Guarantors, any Additional Guarantors and any Guarantor’s successor that
Guarantees the Securities. 
 “Holders” shall mean the Initial Purchasers, for so long as they own any
Registrable Securities, and each of their successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture; provided that, for purposes of Section 4 and Section 5 hereof, the
term “Holders” shall include Participating Broker-Dealers. 
 “Indemnified Person” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 5(c) hereof. 
 “Indemnifying Person” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5(c) hereof. 
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities dated as of the
date hereof among the Company, the Initial Guarantors and Wilmington Trust FSB, as trustee, and as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 

“Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

  
 2 

 “Inspector” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)(xiv)
hereof. 
 “Issuer Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) hereof. 

“J.P. Morgan” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable
Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, any Registrable Securities owned directly or indirectly by the Company or any of its affiliates
shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage or amount; and provided, further, that if the Company shall issue any additional Securities under the Indenture
prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of any Shelf Registration Statement, such additional Securities and the Registrable Securities to which this Agreement relates shall be treated together as one class
for purposes of determining whether the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities has been obtained. 
 “Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request
from such Holder. 
 “Participating Broker-Dealers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)
hereof. 
 “Participating Holder” shall mean any Holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed
and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof. 
 “Person”
shall mean an individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in, or, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Act,
deemed a part of, a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including a prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any
portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to such prospectus, and in each case including any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

  
 3 

 “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities; provided that
the Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) when a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities has become effective under the Securities Act and such Securities have been
exchanged or disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) when such Securities are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (iii) when such Securities cease to be outstanding or (iv) except in the case of
Securities that otherwise remain Registrable Securities and that are held by an Initial Purchaser and that are ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, when the Exchange Offer is consummated. 

“Registration Default” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following: (i) the Exchange Offer is not completed
on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 2(b)(i) or Section 2(b)(ii) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date,
(iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 2(b)(iii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days
after delivery of such Shelf Request or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, has become effective and thereafter either ceases to be effective or the Prospectus contained therein ceases to be usable, in each
case whether or not permitted by this Agreement, at any time during the Shelf Effectiveness Period, and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 90 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period. 

“Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company and the
Guarantors with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws
(including reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for any Underwriters in connection with blue sky qualification of any Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in
preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements or other similar
agreements and any other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all rating agency fees, (v) all fees and disbursements relating to the qualification of the Indenture under applicable securities
laws, (vi) the fees and disbursements of the Trustee (including reasonable fees and expenses of one counsel), (vii) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors and, in the case of a Shelf Registration
Statement, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holders (which counsel shall be selected by the Participating Holders holding a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Registrable Securities held by such
Participating Holders and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers) and (viii) the fees and disbursements of the 

  
 4 

 
independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to the performance of and
compliance with this Agreement, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters (other than fees and expenses set forth in clause (ii) above) or the Holders and underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and
transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder. 
 “Registration
Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors that covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and all amendments and supplements to any
such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document incorporated by reference therein. 

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. 

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Shelf Effectiveness Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof. 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company and the Guarantors
that covers all or a portion of the Registrable Securities (which registration statement may not cover other securities unless (i) approved by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders or
(ii) such registration statement is an already effective automatic shelf registration statement, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be
adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein or deemed a part thereof, all exhibits thereto and any document
incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Shelf Request” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)
hereof. 
 “Staff” shall mean the staff of the SEC. 

“Target Registration Date” shall mean May 20, 2012. 

  
 5 

 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended from time to time. 
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the
Indenture. 
 “Underwriter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(e) hereof. 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean an offering in which Registrable Securities are sold to an Underwriter for reoffering
to the public. 
 2. Registration Under the Securities Act. (a) To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law
or applicable interpretations of the Staff, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to (x) cause to be filed an Exchange Offer Registration Statement covering an offer to the Holders to exchange all the
Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities and (y) have such Registration Statement remain effective until 180 days after the last Exchange Date for use by one or more Participating Broker-Dealers. The Company and the Guarantors shall
commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than 60 days after such effective date.

 The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer by providing the related Prospectus, appropriate letters of
transmittal and other accompanying documents to each Holder pursuant to Section 6(c) stating, in addition to such other disclosures as are required by applicable law, substantially the following: 

 

	(i)	that the Exchange Offer is being made pursuant to this Agreement and that all Registrable Securities validly tendered and not properly withdrawn will be accepted for
exchange; 

  

	(ii)	the dates of acceptance for exchange (which shall be a period of at least 20 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Exchange Dates”);

  

	(iii)	that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest but will not retain any rights under this Agreement, except as
otherwise specified herein; 

  

	(iv)	that any Holder electing to have a Registrable Security exchanged pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be required to (A) surrender such Registrable Security,
together with the appropriate letters of transmittal, to the institution and at the address and in the manner specified in the notice, if any, or (B) effect such exchange otherwise in compliance with the applicable procedures of the depositary
for such Registrable Security, in each case prior to the close of business on the last Exchange Date; and 

  
 6 

	(v)	that any Holder will be entitled to withdraw its election, not later than the close of business on the last Exchange Date, by effecting such withdrawal in compliance
with the applicable procedures of the depositary for the Registrable Securities. 

 As a condition to
participating in the Exchange Offer, a Holder will be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that (1) any Exchange Securities to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary course of its business, (2) at the time of
the commencement of the Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities in violation of the provisions of the Securities
Act, (3) it is not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company or any Guarantor and (4) if such Holder is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in
exchange for Registrable Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities, then such Holder will deliver a Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted by law, make available a Prospectus to purchasers) in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 
 As soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date, the Company and the
Guarantors shall: 
  

	(I)	accept for exchange Registrable Securities or portions thereof validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer; and 

 

	(II)	deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities or portions thereof so accepted for exchange by the Company and issue, and
cause the Trustee to promptly authenticate and deliver to each Holder, Exchange Securities equal in principal amount to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder accepted for exchange by the Company. 

The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer as provided above and shall
comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and other applicable laws and regulations in connection with the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall not be subject to any conditions, other than that the Exchange
Offer does not violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff. 
 (b) In the event that (i) the
Company and the Guarantors determine that the Exchange Offer Registration provided for in Section 2(a) hereof is not available or the Exchange Offer may not be completed as soon as practicable after the last Exchange Date because it would
violate any applicable law or applicable interpretations of the Staff, (ii) the Exchange Offer is not for any other reason completed by the Target Registration Date or (iii) upon receipt of a written request (a “Shelf
Request”) from any Initial Purchaser representing that it holds 

  
 7 

 
Registrable Securities that are or were ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed as
soon as practicable after such determination, date or Shelf Request, as the case may be, a Shelf Registration Statement providing for the sale of all the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and to have such Shelf Registration Statement
become effective; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Registrable Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such
Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 3(b) hereof. To the extent that a Shelf Registration Statement is
required to be filed pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph and the Exchange Offer is completed on a date later than the Target Registration Date, the Company and the Guarantors shall no longer be required to use commercially reasonable
efforts to file, make effective or continue effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, except to the extent required pursuant to clause (i) and (iii) of this paragraph. 

In the event that the Company and the Guarantors are required to file a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to clause (iii) of the
preceding paragraph, the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to file and have become effective both an Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof with respect to all Registrable
Securities and a Shelf Registration Statement (which may be a combined Registration Statement with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) with respect to offers and sales of Registrable Securities held by the Initial Purchasers that are or were
ineligible to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer. 
 The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable
efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until the earlier of (i) the date the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or (ii) the date that is 365 days after the date of initial effectiveness of such
Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”). The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, the related Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus if
required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or by any other rules and regulations thereunder or if reasonably requested by
a Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to information relating to such Holder, and to use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such amendment to become effective, if required, and such Shelf Registration Statement, Prospectus
or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to become usable as soon as thereafter practicable. The Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to the Participating Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used
or filed with the SEC. 

  
 8 

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with
any registration pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) hereof. Each Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, brokerage commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (d) An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to
Section 2(a) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC. A Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been
declared effective by the SEC or is automatically effective upon filing with the SEC as provided by Rule 462 under the Securities Act. 
 If a Registration Default occurs, the interest rate on the Registrable Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period beginning on the day immediately following
such Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day period, in each case until and including the date such Registration Default ends, up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum. A
Registration Default ends when the Securities cease to be Registrable Securities or, if earlier, (1) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of the definition thereof, when the Exchange Offer is completed, (2) in the
case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) or clause (iii) of the definition thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement becomes effective, (3) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iv) of the definition
thereof, when the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective or the Prospectus again becomes usable or (4) the third anniversary of this Agreement. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing,
then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration
Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default. 
 (e) Without limiting the remedies
available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company and the Guarantors acknowledge that any failure by the Company or the Guarantors to comply with their obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof may result in
material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial
Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof. 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Section 2 shall terminate on the third anniversary of this
Agreement. 

  
 9 

 3. Registration Procedures. (a) In connection with their obligations pursuant to
Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) hereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall as expeditiously as possible: 
 (i)
prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement on the appropriate form under the Securities Act, which form (A) shall be selected by the Company and the Guarantors, (B) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for
the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders thereof and (C) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith;
and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof; 

(ii) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary to
keep such Registration Statement effective for the applicable period in accordance with Section 2 hereof and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement and, as so supplemented, to be filed pursuant to Rule
424 under the Securities Act; and keep each Prospectus current during the period described in Section 4(3) of and Rule 174 under the Securities Act that is applicable to transactions by brokers or dealers with respect to the Registrable
Securities or Exchange Securities; 
 (iii) to the extent any Free Writing Prospectus is used, file with the SEC any Free
Writing Prospectus that is required to be filed by the Company or the Guarantors with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act and to retain any Free Writing Prospectus not required to be filed; 

(iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Participating Holder, to counsel for the Initial Purchasers, to counsel for
such Participating Holders and to each Underwriter of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement
thereto, as such Participating Holder, counsel or Underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities thereunder; and, subject to Section 3(c) hereof, the Company and the
Guarantors consent to the use of such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with applicable law by each of the Participating Holders and any such Underwriters in
connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by and in the manner described in such Prospectus, preliminary prospectus or such Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto in accordance with
applicable law; 
 (v) use their commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all
applicable state securities or blue sky laws of 

  
 10 

 
such jurisdictions as any Participating Holder shall reasonably request in writing by the time the applicable Registration Statement becomes effective; cooperate with such Participating Holders
in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA; and do any and all other acts and things that may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each Participating Holder to complete the disposition in each such jurisdiction of the
Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder; provided that neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such
jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (2) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not so subject;

 (vi) notify counsel for the Initial Purchasers and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, notify each Participating Holder and
counsel for such Participating Holders promptly and, if requested by any such Participating Holder or counsel, confirm such advice in writing (1) when a Registration Statement has become effective, when any post-effective amendment thereto has
been filed and becomes effective, when any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus has been filed, (2) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority
for amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement, Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (3) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities
authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, including the receipt by the Company of any notice of objection of the SEC to the use of a Shelf Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, (4) if, between the applicable effective date of a Shelf Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered
thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company or any Guarantor contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to an offering of such Registrable Securities cease to be
true and correct in all material respects or if the Company or any Guarantor receives any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding
for such purpose, (5) of the happening of any event during the period a Registration Statement is effective that makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus untrue in any
material respect or that requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (6) of any determination by the Company or any
Guarantor that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus would be appropriate; 

  
 11 

 (vii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order
suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or, in the case of a Shelf Registration, the resolution of any objection of the SEC pursuant to Rule 401(g)(2) under the Securities Act, including by filing an amendment to such Registration
Statement on the proper form, at the earliest practicable moment and provide prompt notice to each Holder or Participating Holder of the withdrawal of any such order or such resolution; 

(viii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if requested, furnish to each Participating Holder, without charge, at least one conformed
copy of each Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto (without any documents incorporated therein by reference or exhibits thereto, unless requested); 

(ix) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the Participating Holders to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends and enable such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names (consistent with the provisions of the
Indenture) as such Participating Holders may reasonably request at least two Business Days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities; 
 (x) upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the SEC a supplement or post-effective amendment to
the applicable Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as
thereafter delivered (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available) to purchasers of the Registrable Securities, such Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Company and the Guarantors shall notify the Participating Holders (in the case of a Shelf
Registration Statement) and the Initial Purchasers and any Participating Broker-Dealers known to the Company (in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus as promptly as
practicable after the occurrence of such an event, and such Participating Holders, such Participating Broker-Dealers and the Initial Purchasers, as applicable, hereby agree to suspend use of the Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus, as the case
may be, until the Company and the Guarantors have amended or supplemented the Prospectus or the Free Writing Prospectus, as the case may be, to correct such misstatement or omission; 

(xi) a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment to a
Registration 

  
 12 

 
Statement or amendment or supplement to a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus or of any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free
Writing Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, to the Participating Holders and their counsel) and
make such of the representatives of the Company and the Guarantors as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders or their counsel) available
for discussion of such document; and the Company and the Guarantors shall not, at any time after initial filing of a Registration Statement, use or file any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus, any amendment of or supplement to a Registration
Statement or a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, or any document that is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement, a Prospectus or a Free Writing Prospectus, of which the Initial Purchasers and their counsel (and, in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Participating Holders and their counsel) shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy or to which the Initial Purchasers or their counsel (and, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
the Participating Holders or their counsel) shall reasonably object; 
 (xii) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities
or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the initial effective date of a Registration Statement; 
 (xiii)
cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be; cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the
Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and execute, and use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required
to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
 (xiv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, make available for inspection by a representative of the Participating Holders (an “Inspector”), any Underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement, any attorneys and accountants designated by a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities held by the Participating Holders and any attorneys and accountants designated by such
Underwriter, at reasonable times and in a reasonable manner, all pertinent financial and other records, documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, and cause the respective officers, directors and employees of the Company and the
Guarantors to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector, Underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with a Shelf Registration Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided that if
any such information is identified by the Company or any Guarantor as being confidential 

  
 13 

 
or proprietary, each Person receiving such information shall take such actions as are reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of such information except to the extent disclosure
thereof is required by law or otherwise required or requested under compulsion of law (whether by oral question, interrogatory, subpoena, civil investigative demand or otherwise), by order or act of any court or governmental or regulatory authority
or body, or such information is or has become available to the public generally through the Company or any Guarantor or through a third party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality owed by such Person to the Company or the Guarantors,
or disclosure is required in connection with any suit, action or proceeding for the purpose of defending itself, reducing its liability or protecting or exercising any of its rights, remedies or interests, or the Company consents to the
non-confidential treatment of such information; 
 (xv) if reasonably requested by any Participating Holder, promptly include in
a Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information with respect to such Participating Holder as such Participating Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or
such post-effective amendment as soon as the Company has received notification of the matters to be so included in such filing; 

(xvi) in the case of an Underwritten Offering, enter into such customary agreements and take all such other actions in connection
therewith (including those requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement) in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities
including, but not limited to, an Underwritten Offering and in such connection, (1) to the extent possible, make such representations and warranties to the Participating Holders and any Underwriters of such Registrable Securities with respect
to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries and the Registration Statement, Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus and documents incorporated by reference or deemed incorporated by reference, if any, in each case, in form, substance and
scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested, (2) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors (which counsel and opinions, in form, scope and
substance, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Participating Holders and such Underwriters and their respective counsel) addressed to each Participating Holder and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, covering the matters customarily covered
in opinions requested in underwritten offerings, (3) obtain “comfort” letters from the independent registered public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (and, if necessary, any other registered public accountant of any
subsidiary of the Company or any Guarantor, or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor for which financial statements and financial data are or are required to be included in the Registration Statement) addressed to each
Participating Holder (to the extent permitted by applicable professional standards) and Underwriter of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type

  
 14 

 
customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with underwritten offerings, including but not limited to financial information contained in any preliminary prospectus,
Prospectus or Free Writing Prospectus and (4) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold or the Underwriters, and which are
customarily delivered in underwritten offerings, to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors made pursuant to clause (1) above and to evidence compliance with any customary
conditions contained in an underwriting agreement; and 
 (xvii) so long as any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, cause
each Additional Guarantor upon the creation or acquisition by the Company of such Additional Guarantor, to execute a counterpart to this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A and to deliver such counterpart, together with an opinion of
counsel as to the enforceability thereof against such entity, to the Initial Purchasers no later than five Business Days following the execution thereof. 
 (b) In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding
such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Registrable Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. 
 (c) Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(a)(vi)(3) or
Section 3(a)(vi)(5) hereof, such Participating Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement until such Participating Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented
or amended Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(x) hereof and, if so directed by the Company and the Guarantors, such Participating Holder will deliver to the Company and the Guarantors all copies in its
possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Participating Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that is current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 (d) If the Company and the Guarantors shall give any notice to suspend the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to
a Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of
the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Holders of such Registrable Securities shall have received copies of the supplemented or 

  
 15 

 
amended Prospectus or any Free Writing Prospectus necessary to resume such dispositions. 
 (e) The Participating Holders who desire to do so may sell such Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment bank or investment banks and manager
or managers (each an “Underwriter”) that will administer the offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities included in such offering. 

4. Participation of Broker-Dealers in Exchange Offer. (a) The Staff has taken the position that any broker-dealer that
receives Exchange Securities for its own account in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities that were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other trading activities (a “Participating Broker-Dealer”)
may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. 

The Company and the Guarantors understand that it is the Staff’s position that if the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement includes a plan of distribution containing a statement to the above effect and the means by which Participating Broker-Dealers may resell the Exchange Securities, without naming the Participating Broker-Dealers or specifying
the amount of Exchange Securities owned by them, such Prospectus may be delivered by Participating Broker-Dealers (or, to the extent permitted by law, made available to purchasers) to satisfy their prospectus delivery obligation under the Securities
Act in connection with resales of Exchange Securities for their own accounts, so long as the Prospectus otherwise meets the requirements of the Securities Act. 
 (b) In light of the above, and notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors agree to amend or supplement the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement for a period of up to 180 days after the last Exchange Date (as such period may be extended pursuant to Section 3(d) hereof), in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of any Exchange Securities by Participating
Broker-Dealers consistent with the positions of the Staff recited in Section 4(a) above. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that Participating Broker-Dealers shall be authorized to deliver such Prospectus (or, to the extent permitted
by law, make available) during such period in connection with the resales contemplated by this Section 4. 
 (c) The
Initial Purchasers shall have no liability to the Company, any Guarantor or any Holder with respect to any request that they may make pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof. 

  
 16 

 5. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and each Guarantor, jointly
and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser and each Holder, their respective affiliates, directors and officers and each Person, if any, who controls any Initial Purchaser or any Holder within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonable legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with
any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (1) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any
Registration Statement or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or (2) any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or any “issuer information” (“Issuer Information”) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, or
any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Initial Purchaser or information relating
to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing through J.P. Morgan or any selling Holder, respectively, expressly for use therein. In connection with any Underwritten Offering permitted by Section 3, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly
and severally, will also indemnify the Underwriters, if any, selling brokers, dealers and similar securities industry professionals participating in the distribution, their respective affiliates and each Person who controls such Persons (within the
meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders, if requested in connection with any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any Free Writing Prospectus or
any Issuer Information. 
 (b) Each Holder agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the
Guarantors, the Initial Purchasers and the other selling Holders, the directors of the Company and the Guarantors, each officer of the Company and the Guarantors who signed the Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the
Company, the Guarantors, any Initial Purchaser and any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above,
but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating
to such Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement, any Prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus. 

  
 17 

 (c) If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory
investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any Person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to either paragraph (a) or (b) above, such Person (the “Indemnified Person”) shall
promptly notify the Person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “Indemnifying Person”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it
may have under paragraph (a) or (b) above except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided, further, that the failure to
notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under paragraph (a) or (b) above. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified
Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person to represent the Indemnified Person and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant
to this Section 5 that the Indemnifying Person may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as
incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the
Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have
reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties)
include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the
Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and
that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm (x) for any Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control Persons of such Initial Purchaser shall be designated in
writing by J.P. Morgan, (y) for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control Persons of such Holder shall be designated in writing by the Majority Holders and (z) in all other cases shall be designated in writing by the Company.
The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify
each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person 

  
 18 

 
shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for
any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have
reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened
proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (A) includes an unconditional release of such
Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (B) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person. 
 (d) If the indemnification provided for in
paragraphs (a) and (b) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying
such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering of the Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and by the Holders from receiving Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand,
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company
and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault
of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company and the Guarantors or by the Holders and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. 

(e) The Company, the Guarantors and the Holders agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 5 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in
paragraph (d) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, 

  
 19 

 
damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified
Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5, in no event shall a Holder be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities or
Exchange Securities sold by such Holder exceeds the amount of any damages that such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to
this Section 5 are several and not joint. 
 (f) The remedies provided for in this Section 5 are not exclusive and
shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity. 
 (g) The
indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Section 5 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Initial
Purchasers or any Holder or any Person controlling any Initial Purchaser or any Holder, or by or on behalf of the Company or the Guarantors or the officers or directors of or any Person controlling the Company or the Guarantors,
(iii) acceptance of any of the Exchange Securities and (iv) any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 6. General. 
 (a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the
Guarantors represent, warrant and agree that (i) the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of any other outstanding securities issued or
guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor under any other agreement and (ii) neither the Company nor any Guarantor has entered into, or on or after the date of this Agreement will enter into, any agreement that is inconsistent with the rights
granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 (b)
Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the
Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent;
provided that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to any departure from the provisions of Section 5 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registrable

  
 20 

 
Securities unless consented to in writing by such Holder. Any amendments, modifications, supplements, waivers or consents pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be by a writing executed by each
of the parties hereto. 
 (c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be
made in writing by hand-delivery, registered first-class mail, facsimile, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (i) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given
in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); (ii) if to the Company and the Guarantors, initially at the Company’s address set forth in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given
in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(c); and (iii) to such other persons at their respective addresses as provided in the Purchase Agreement and thereafter at such other address, notice of which is given in accordance with
the provisions of this Section 6(c). All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if
mailed, provided that any notice to DTC or any other applicable depositary for the Registrable Securities with respect to notices to Holders who hold through a global certificate as provided below shall be deemed delivered on the date of any such
mailing; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. In addition, so long as the Registrable Securities are in global form, notices to Holders who
hold through a global certificate may be given to DTC or any other applicable depositary for such Registrable Securities (or its designee) as the registered holder of the Securities. Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall
be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee, at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (d)
Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent
Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder
shall acquire Registrable Securities in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such Person
shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and such Person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof. The Initial Purchasers (in their capacity as Initial
Purchasers) shall have no liability or obligation to the Company or the Guarantors with respect to any failure by a Holder to comply with, or any breach by any Holder of, any of the obligations of such Holder under this Agreement. 

  
 21 

 (e) Third Party Beneficiaries. Each Holder shall be a third party beneficiary to the
agreements made hereunder between the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or
advisable to protect its rights or the rights of other Holders hereunder. 
 (f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

(g) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not
limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (h) Governing Law. This Agreement, and any claim, controversy or dispute
arising under or related to this Agreement, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. 
 (i) Entire Agreement; Severability. This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all oral statements and prior writings with
respect thereto. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable or against public policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions,
covenants and restrictions contained herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. The Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace
the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, void or unenforceable provisions. 

[Signature pages follow] 

  
 22 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 
  

			
	CORELOGIC, INC.
		
	By	 	/s/ David Hayes
	Name:	 	David Hayes
	Title:	 	Vice President and Treasurer

[Signature page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 
			
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
 Atone Acquisition Corporation

Atone Software, Inc.
 Basis100
Corporation
 CoreLogic CMSI, Inc.

CoreLogic Consumer Services, Inc.
 CoreLogic
Credco, LLC
 CoreLogic Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
 CoreLogic Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
 CoreLogic Default Information Services,
LLC
 CoreLogic Flood Services, LLC

CoreLogic Information Solutions Holdings, Inc.

CoreLogic Information Solutions, Inc.
 CoreLogic
Jenark, Inc.
 CoreLogic Locate, Inc.

CoreLogic National Background Data, LLC

CoreLogic National Data Registry, LLC
 CoreLogic
Proxix Solutions, Inc.
 CoreLogic Public Records, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Information
Services, LLC
 CoreLogic Real Estate Solutions, LLC
 CoreLogic SafeRent, Inc.
 CoreLogic Supply Chain Security, LLC

CoreLogic Tax Services, LLC
 Teletrack, Inc.,
f/k/a CoreLogic Teletrack, Inc.
 CoreLogic US, Inc.
 CoreLogic Valuation Services, LLC
 CreditReportPlus, LLC

Data Tree LLC
 LeadClick Media, Inc.

Marketlinx, Inc.
 Multifamily Community Insurance
Agency, Inc.
 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
 Statistics Data, Inc.

CoreLogic Dorado Corporation
 CoreLogic Holdings
II, Inc.
 CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.

Texas HoldCo LLC
 CoreLogic Services,
LLC

	
	as Guarantors
		
	By	 	/s/ David Hayes
	Name:	 	David Hayes
	Title:	 	Treasurer

 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written: 

 

			
	J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
	
	For itself and on behalf of the
several Initial Purchasers
		
	By	 	/s/ Dan Alster
		 	Authorized Signatory

 [Signature page to
Registration Rights Agreement] 

 Schedule 1 
 Initial Guarantors 
  

					
	 Name of Guarantor
	  	 Former Name of Guarantor
	  	Jurisdiction
of Organization
	 American Driving Records, Inc.
	  	No change	  	California
	 America’s Innovative Insurance Solutions, Inc.
	  	No change	  	California
	 Atone Acquisition Corporation
	  	No change	  	Delaware
	 Atone Software, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Delaware
	 Basis100 Corporation
	  	No change	  	California
	 CoreLogic CMSI, Inc.
	  	FADV CMSI, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Consumer Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Membership Services, Inc.	  	California
	 CoreLogic Credco, LLC
	  	First Advantage Credco, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.
	  	First American Credco of Puerto Rico, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Commercial Real Estate Services, Inc.	  	Florida
	 CoreLogic Default Information Services, LLC
	  	First American Default Information Services LLC	  	Florida
	 CoreLogic Flood Services, LLC
	  	First American Flood Hazard Certification LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Information Solutions Holdings, Inc.
	  	First American CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Information Solutions, Inc.
	  	First American CoreLogic, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Jenark, Inc.
	  	Jenark Business Systems, Inc.	  	Maryland
	 CoreLogic Locate, Inc.
	  	FA Locate, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic National Background Data, LLC
	  	National Background Data, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic National Data Registry, LLC
	  	National Data Registry, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Proxix Solutions, Inc.
	  	Proxix Solutions, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Public Records, LLC
	  	First Advantage Public Records, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions, LLC
	  	First American Real Estate Flood & Tax Solutions, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Real Estate Information Services, LLC
	  	First American Real Estate Information Services, LLC	  	California
	 CoreLogic Real Estate Solutions, LLC
	  	First American Real Estate Solutions, LLC	  	California
	 CoreLogic SafeRent, Inc.
	  	First Advantage SafeRent, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Supply Chain Security, LLC
	  	First Advantage Supply Chain Security, LLC	  	Arizona
	 CoreLogic Tax Services, LLC
	  	First American Real Estate Tax Service LLC	  	Delaware
	 Teletrack, Inc.
	  	CoreLogic Teletrack, Inc.	  	Georgia
	 CoreLogic US, Inc.
	  	First Advantage Corporation	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Valuation Services, LLC
	  	Quantrix, LLC	  	Delaware
	 CreditReportPlus, LLC
	  	No change	  	Maryland
	 Data Tree LLC
	  	No change	  	California
	 LeadClick Media, Inc.
	  	No change	  	California
	 Marketlinx, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Tennessee
	 Multifamily Community Insurance Agency, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Maryland
	 Omega Insurance Services, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Florida
	 Screeners Advantage, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Delaware
	 Statistics Data, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Dorado Corporation
	  	Dorado Network Systems Corp. (acquired April 2011)	  	California
	 CoreLogic Holdings II, Inc.
	  	No change	  	Delaware
	 CoreLogic Holdings, Inc.
	  	CoreLogic, Inc.	  	Delaware
	 Texas HoldCo LLC
	  	No change	  	Texas
	 CoreLogic Services, LLC
	  	CoreLogic Processing Services, LLC	  	Delaware

 Annex A 
 Counterpart to Registration Rights Agreement 
 The undersigned hereby
absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a Guarantor (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated May     , 2011 by and among CoreLogic, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the guarantors party thereto
and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of itself and the other Initial Purchasers) to be bound by the terms and provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this counterpart as of                     ,
201    . 
  

			
	[ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR]
		
	By	 	 
	Name:	 	
	Title:

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00190-of-00352.parquet"}]]